Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
Published by RB 0168 Service PaCE Printed in the Netherlands Subject to modification 3122 785 11160
©Copyright 2001 Philips Consumer Electronics B.V. Eindhoven, The Netherlands.All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system or transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, or otherwise without the prior permission of Philips.
Colour Television Chassis
L01.2AAA
(SMALL SCREEN)
CL 16532008_041.eps160501
Contents Page1. Technical Specifications, Connections and
Chassis Overview 22. Safety & Maintenance Instructions, Warnings
and Notes 43. Directions for Use 54. Mechanical Instructions 195. Service Modes, Error Codes and Faultfinding 206. Block Diagram, Testpoints, I2C And Supply
Voltage OverviewBlock Diagram 27Testpoint Overview 28I2C And Supply Voltage Overview 29
7. Electrical Diagrams and PWB’s Diagram PWBPower Supply (Diagram A1) 30 43-48Line Deflection (Diagram A2) 31 43-48Frame Deflection (Diagram A3) 32 43-48Tuner IF (Diagram A4) 33 43-48Video IF and Sound IF (Diagram A5) 34 43-48Synchronization (Diagram A6) 36 43-48Control (Diagram A7) 37 43-48Audio Amplifier (Diagram A8) 38 43-48BTSC (Stereo/SAP) Decoder (Diagram A9) 39 43-48Audio/Video Source Switching (Diagram A10) 40 43-48Front I/O + Control, Headphon (Diagram A12) 41 43-48Rear I/O Cinch (Diagram A13) 42 43-48CRT Panel (Diagram B) 49 50Side AV (Diagram E) 51 51Side AV and Headphone Panel (Diagram E1) 52 52
8. Alignments 539. Circuit Description 59
List of Abbreviations 6810 Spare Parts List 70
Technical Specifications, Connections and Chassis OverviewGB 2 L01.2A1.
1. Technical Specifications, Connections and Chassis OverviewIndex:1. Technical Specifications.2. Connections.3. Chassis Overview. Note: • Below described specifications are not valid for one
product, but for the whole product range. See Product Survey for specific models.
• Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation, due to different set executions.
1.1 Technical Specifications
1.1.1 Reception
Tuning system : PLLColour systems : NTSC
: PAL B/G, D/K, I: SECAM B/G, D/K,
K1Sound systems : FM-mono
: FM-stereoA/V connections : NTSC 3.58, 4.43
: PAL 60Channel selections : 100 channels
: U, V, S, HAerial input : 75 , IEC-type
1.1.2 Miscellaneous
Audio output : 1 x 4 W or,: 2 x 3 W or,: 2 x 5 W + 10 W (sw)
+ 2 x 3 WMains voltage : 90 - 276 V or,
: 150 - 276 V Mains frequency : 50 Hz or,
: 60 Hz Ambient temperature : + 5 to + 45 deg. CMaximum humidity : 90 %Power consumption : 36 W (14”) to
: 52 W (21”)Standby Power consumption : < 3 W
1.2 Connections
1.2.1 Front (or Side) Connections and Front (or Top) Control
Figure 1-1
A/V In (if present)1 - Video CVBS (1 Vpp / 75 ) 2 - Audio L (0.2 Vrms / 10 k) 3 - Audio R (0.2 Vrms / 10 k)
4 - Headphone (8 - 600 / 4 mW)
IRRED
- VOLUME +
- PROGRAM +
V+V-
P-
P+
LAudio
RVideo
MonoV- C+C-V+
CL 16532016_020.eps220501
C+C-V+V-
Technical Specifications, Connections and Chassis Overview GB 3L01.2A 1.
1.2.2 Rear Connections
Figure 1-2
Monitor Out1 - Video CVBS (1 Vpp / 75 ) 2 - Audio L (0.5 Vrms / 1 k) 3 - Audio R (0.5 Vrms / 1 k)
YUV In (if present)1 - Y 0.7 Vpp / 75 2 - U 0.7 Vpp / 75 3 - V 0.7 Vpp / 75
AV1 In4 - Video CVBS (1 Vpp / 75 ) 5 - Audio L (0.5 Vrms / 10 k)
6 - Audio R (0.5 Vrms / 10 k)
AV2 In1 - Video CVBS (1 Vpp / 75 )
2 - Audio L (0.5 Vrms / 10 k) 3 - Audio R (0.5 Vrms / 10 k)
AV2 In (SVHS)1 - gnd 2 - gnd 3 - Y 1 Vpp / 75
4 - C 0.3 Vpp / 75
1.3 Chassis Overview
Figure 1-3
V
L
R
Y
U
V
V
L
R
V
L
R SVHS
MONITOROUT
75 Ohm
FM
AV1IN
AV2IN
CL 16532008_005.eps120601
SIDE AV PANEL + HEADPHONEE1
SIDE AV PANELE
BCRT PANEL
MAIN
CHASSIS
PANEL
CL 16532008_043.eps240801
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A12
A9
A10
A8
A13
POWER SUPPLY
LINE DEFLECTION
FRAME DEFLECTION
A6SYNCHRONISATION
TUNER IF
VIDEO + SOUND IF
HEADPHONE + FR. CONTROL
A7CONTROL (µP)
NICAM + 2CS +
BTSC DECODER
A/V SWITCHING
AUDIO AMPLIFIER
REAR I/O CINCH
Safety & Maintenance Instructions, Warnings, and NotesGB 4 L01.2A2.
2. Safety & Maintenance Instructions, Warnings, and Notes
2.1 Safety Instructions For Repairs
Safety regulations require that during a repair:• Due to the ‘hot’ parts of this chassis, the set must be
connected to the AC power via an isolation transformer.• Safety components, indicated by the symbol , should
be replaced by components identical to the original ones.• When replacing the CRT, safety goggles must be worn. Safety regulations require that after a repair, the set must be returned in its original condition. Pay particular attention to the following points:• General repair instruction: as a strict precaution, we
advise you to re-solder the solder connections through which the horizontal deflection current is flowing, in particular:– all pins of the line output transformer (LOT)– fly-back capacitor(s)– S-correction capacitor(s)– line output transistor– pins of the connector with wires to the deflection coil– other components through which the deflection
current flows.Note: This re-soldering is advised to prevent bad connections due to metal fatigue in solder connections and is therefore only necessary for television sets more than two years old.• Route the wire trees and EHT cable correctly and secure
them with the mounted cable clamps.• Check the insulation of the AC power cord for external
damage.• Check the strain relief of the AC power cord for proper
function, to prevent the cord from touching the CRT, hot components, or heat sinks.
• Check the electrical DC resistance between the AC plug and the secondary side (only for sets that have an isolated power supply). Do this as follows:1. Unplug the AC power cord and connect a wire
between the two pins of the AC plug.2. Turn on the main power switch (keep the AC power
cord unplugged!).3. Measure the resistance value between the pins of
the AC plug and the metal shielding of the tuner or the aerial connection of the set. The reading should be between 4.5 M and 12 M.
4. Switch the TV OFF and remove the wire between the two pins of the AC plug.
• Check the cabinet for defects, to prevent the possibility of the customer touching any internal parts.
2.2 Maintenance Instructions
It is recommended to have a maintenance inspection carried out by qualified service personnel. The interval depends on the usage conditions:• When the set is used under normal circumstances, for
example in a living room, the recommended interval is three to five years.
• When the set is used in an environment with higher dust, grease or moisture levels, for example in a kitchen, the recommended interval is one year.
• The maintenance inspection includes the following actions:1. Perform the 'general repair instruction' noted above.2. Clean the power supply and deflection circuitry on
the chassis.3. Clean the picture tube panel and the neck of the
picture tube.
2.3 Warnings
• In order to prevent damage to ICs and transistors, avoid all high voltage flashovers. In order to prevent damage to the picture tube, use the method shown in Fig. 2-1, to discharge the picture tube. Use a high voltage probe and a multi-meter (position VDC). Discharge until the meter reading is 0 V (after approx. 30 s).
Figure 2-1
• All ICs and many other semiconductors are susceptible to electrostatic discharges (ESD). Careless handling during repair can reduce life drastically. When repairing, make sure that you are connected with the same potential as the mass of the set by a wristband with resistance. Keep components and tools also at this potential. Available ESD protection equipment:– Complete kit ESD3 (small tablemat, wristband,
connection box, extension cable, and ground cable) 4822 310 10671.
– Wristband tester 4822 344 13999.• Together with the deflection unit and any multi-pole unit,
flat square picture tubes form an integrated unit. The deflection and the multi-pole units are set optimally at the factory. Adjustment of this unit during repair is therefore not recommended.
• Be careful during measurements in the high voltage section and on the picture tube.
• Never replace modules or other components while the unit is switched ON.
• When you align the set, use plastic rather than metal tools. This will prevent any short circuits and the danger of a circuit becoming unstable.
2.4 Notes
• Measure the voltages and waveforms with regard to the chassis (= tuner) ground (), or hot ground (), depending on the area of circuitry being tested.
• The voltages and waveforms shown in the diagrams are indicative. Measure them in the Service Default Mode (see chapter 5) with a color bar signal and stereo sound (L: 3 kHz, R: 1 kHz unless stated otherwise) and picture carrier at 475.25 MHz (PAL) or 61.25 MHz (NTSC, channel 3).
• Where necessary, measure the waveforms and voltages with () and without ( ) aerial signal. Measure the voltages in the power supply section both in normal operation () and in standby (). These values are indicated by means of the appropriate symbols.
• The picture tube panel has printed spark gaps. Each spark gap is connected between an electrode of the picture tube and the Aquadag coating.
• The semiconductors indicated in the circuit diagram and in the parts lists are completely interchangeable per position with the semiconductors in the unit, irrespective of the type indication on these semiconductors.
V
CL 26532098/042140792
Directions for Use GB 5L01.2A 3.
3. Directions for Use
6
You
can
view
the
play
back
of V
CR ta
pes
(Vid
eo D
isc p
laye
rs, c
amco
rder
s, et
c.) b
y us
ing
the
AUD
IOan
d VI
DEO
INPU
T so
cket
s on
the
rear
of t
he T
V.
–C
onne
ct t
he V
IDE
O a
nd A
UD
IO IN
soc
kets
on
the
rear
of t
he T
V t
o th
e A
UD
IO a
ndV
IDE
O O
UT
soc
kets
on
the
VC
R.
The
S-Vi
deo
conn
ectio
n on
the
rear
of t
he T
V is
used
for
the
play
back
of S
-VH
S V
CR ta
pes,
Vide
o D
iscs,
Vide
o G
ames
or
Com
pact
Disc
-Inte
ract
ive (c
d-i)
disc
s. Be
tter
pict
ure
deta
il an
d cl
arity
is p
ossib
le w
ithth
e S-
Vide
o pl
ayba
ck a
s co
mpa
red
to th
e pi
ctur
e fro
m a
nor
mal
ant
enna
(RF)
con
nect
ion.
–C
onne
ct t
he S
-VID
EO
soc
ket
on t
he r
ear
of t
he T
V t
o th
e S
-VH
S O
UT
soc
ket
on a
S-V
HS
VC
R.
–C
onne
ct t
he A
UD
IO I
N s
ocke
ts fr
om t
he r
ear
of t
he T
V t
o th
e A
UD
IO O
UT
soc
kets
on t
he V
CR
. No
te :
You
nee
d no
t co
nnec
t th
e V
IDE
O I
N s
ocke
t of
the
TV
if S
-VID
EO
IN
sock
et is
con
nect
ed.
CO
NN
EC
TIN
G T
HE A
UD
IO/V
IDE
O S
OC
KE
TS (
PL
AY
BA
CK)
AN
TE
NN
A
OU
T
IN
OU
T
IN
AU
DIO
RL
VID
EO
INOU
T
L R
S-V
IDE
O
VID
EO
AU
DIO
AV
1 in
AV
2 in
Mo
nit
or
ou
t
Back
of V
CR
VC
R (E
quip
ped
with
Vid
eo a
nd A
udio
Out
put s
ocke
ts
AV
sock
ets o
nre
ar o
f TV
AN
TE
NN
A
OU
T
IN
OU
T
IN
AU
DIO
RL
VID
EO
IN
OU
TO
UT
S-V
IDE
O
L R
S-V
IDE
O
VID
EO
AU
DIO
AV
1 in
AV
2 in
Mo
nit
or
ou
t
Back
of S
-VH
S V
CR
AV
sock
ets o
nre
ar o
f TV
5
An
ten
na
Co
nn
ecti
on
•C
onne
ct t
he a
eria
l plu
g to
the
ant
enna
soc
ket ¬¬¬¬ ¬
on t
he b
ackc
over
.
•In
sert
the
mai
ns p
lug
into
the
wal
l soc
ket.
Mai
ns
Co
nn
ecti
on
•Fo
r co
rrec
t m
ains
vol
tage
, ref
er t
o ty
pe s
ticke
r at
the
rear
of t
he T
V s
et
•C
onsu
lt yo
ur d
eale
r if
mai
ns s
uppl
y is
diff
eren
t.N
ote
: Thi
s di
agra
m is
not
rep
rese
ntat
ive
of t
heac
tual
plu
g an
d so
cket
.
Sw
itch
ing
on
th
e S
et•
Pres
s th
e m
ain
pow
er b
utto
n to
sw
itch
on/
off t
he T
V.•
If th
e se
t is
on
stan
dby
(indi
cato
r is
red
),pr
ess
the
Pow
er b
utto
n on
the
rem
ote
cont
rol t
o sw
itch
on s
et.
75 Ω
g
PR
EPA
RA
TIO
N
Usi
ng t
he R
emo
te C
ont
rol
•In
sert
the
cor
rect
typ
e of
bat
teri
es in
to t
heco
mpa
rtm
ent.
•En
sure
the
bat
teri
es a
re p
lace
d in
the
rig
htdi
rect
ion.
+–
Directions for UseGB 6 L01.2A3.
8
&Po
wer
bu
tto
n–
Switc
h se
t of
f tem
pora
rily
to
stan
dby
mod
e.(T
he r
ed li
ght
indi
cato
r lig
hts
up w
hen
the
set
is o
n st
andb
y m
ode)
.–
To s
witc
h on
set
from
sta
ndby
mod
e, p
ress
Cha
nnel
+/–
, D
igit
(0 -
9) o
r Po
wer
but
ton.
éTe
lete
xt C
olou
r/Pe
rson
al Z
appi
ng b
utto
ns–
In t
elet
ext
mod
e, t
he c
olou
r bu
tton
s al
low
you
to
acce
ss d
irect
ly a
n ite
m o
r co
rres
pond
ing
page
s.–
As
Pers
onal
Zap
ping
but
tons
, you
can
sur
f up
to10
per
sona
l cha
nnel
s fo
r ea
ch b
utto
n. F
or d
etai
led
desc
ript
ion
of fu
nctio
ns, r
efer
to
sect
ion
on“P
erso
nal Z
appi
ng ”
.“
Tele
text
but
tons
Allo
ws
you
to a
cces
s te
lete
xt in
form
atio
n. F
orde
taile
d de
scri
ptio
n of
func
tions
, ref
er t
o se
ctio
non
“U
sing
the
Tel
etex
t”‘
Sm
iley
butt
on
Allo
ws
to a
dd a
nd s
tore
you
r pe
rson
al p
refe
renc
ech
anne
ls in
you
r Pe
rson
al P
refe
renc
e lis
t. Fo
rde
taile
d de
scri
ptio
n of
func
tions
, ref
er t
o se
ctio
non
“U
sing
you
r Pe
rson
al Z
appi
ng fe
atur
e”.
(T
imer
Bu
tto
nA
llow
s yo
u to
set
the
clo
ck t
o sw
itch
to a
noth
erch
anne
l at
a sp
ecifi
ed t
ime
whi
le y
ou a
re w
atch
ing
anot
her
chan
nel o
r w
hen
the
set
is o
n st
andb
y m
ode.
§S
mar
t S
oun
d B
utto
nPr
ess
the
Smar
t So
und
butt
on r
epea
tedl
y to
acce
ss 4
diff
eren
t ty
pes
of s
ound
set
tings
and
choo
se y
our
desi
red
sett
ing.
èM
enu
Bu
tto
nD
ispl
ays
the
mai
n m
enu.
Als
o ex
its m
enu
from
scr
een.
!C
urs
or
Up
Bu
tto
nA
llow
s yo
u to
sel
ect
the
next
item
on
the
men
u.ç
Cu
rso
r L
eft
Bu
tto
nA
llow
s yo
u to
sel
ect
the
sub-
men
us a
nd a
djus
t th
e se
ttin
gs.
0V
olu
me
+ /
– B
utt
on
Incr
ease
s or
dec
reas
es v
olum
e.14444 4 A
llow
s yo
u to
sw
itch
from
Ste
reo
to M
ono
soun
d du
ring
ster
eo t
rans
mis
sion
or
to c
hoos
e be
twee
n la
ngua
ge5
orla
ngua
ge6
duri
ng d
ual s
ound
tra
nsm
issi
on.
2A
/CH
(Alt
ern
ate
chan
nel
) B
utt
on
Allo
ws
you
to c
hang
e be
twee
n th
e cu
rren
tch
anne
l and
the
pre
viou
s ch
anne
l.
FU
NC
TIO
NS O
F R
EM
OT
E C
ON
TR
OL
& “ ( § ç 0‘ 1é 2!è
7
CO
NN
EC
TIN
G T
HE A
UD
IO/V
IDE
O S
OC
KE
TS (
RE
CO
RD
ING
)C
on
nec
tio
n fo
r re
cord
ing
fro
m t
he
TV
ch
ann
el
–C
onne
ct t
he c
orre
spon
ding
IN
PU
T s
ocke
ts o
f the
VC
R t
o th
e M
ON
ITO
R O
UT
PU
Tso
cket
s on
the
rea
r of
the
TV.
–To
enh
ance
the
sou
nd o
f you
r TV,
con
nect
the
AU
DIO
L a
nd R
soc
kets
to
an e
xter
nal a
udio
syst
em in
stea
d of
the
VC
R. F
or m
ono
equi
pmen
t, co
nnec
t on
ly t
he A
UD
IO L
soc
ket.
Co
nn
ecti
on
for
reco
rdin
g fr
om
on
e V
CR
to
an
oth
er V
CR
–C
onne
ct t
he s
ocke
ts o
f the
VC
R w
hich
you
wis
h to
rec
ord
from
, to
the
corr
espo
ndin
gso
cket
s at
eith
er A
V1
or
AV
2–
Con
nect
the
soc
kets
of t
he r
ecei
ving
VC
R t
o th
e M
ON
ITO
R O
UT
PU
T s
ocke
ts o
n th
ere
ar o
f the
TV.
AN
TE
NN
A
OU
T
IN
OU
T
IN
AU
DIO
RL
VID
EO
INOU
T
L R
S-V
IDE
O
VID
EO
AU
DIO
AV
1 in
AV
2 in
Mo
nit
or
ou
t
Back
of V
CR
VC
R (E
quip
ped
with
Vid
eo a
nd
Aud
io O
utpu
t so
cket
s
AV
soc
kets
on
rear
of T
V
AN
TE
NN
A
OU
T
IN
OU
T
IN
AU
DIO
RL
VID
EO
INOU
T
VC
R (E
quip
ped
with
Vid
eo a
nd
Aud
io In
put
sock
ets
AN
TE
NN
A
OU
T
IN
OU
T
IN
AU
DIO
RL
VID
EO
INOU
T
L R
S-V
IDE
O
VID
EO
AU
DIO
AV
1 in
AV
2 in
Mo
nit
or
ou
t
Back
of V
CR
AV
soc
kets
on
rear
of T
V
VC
R (E
quip
ped
with
Vid
eo a
nd
Aud
io In
put
sock
ets
Directions for Use GB 7L01.2A 3.
10
&M
ains
Pow
er b
utto
nSw
itch
mai
ns p
ower
on
or o
ff.
éSt
andb
y lig
ht in
dica
tor
Indi
cate
red
ligh
t w
hen
stan
dby
mod
e is
act
ivat
ed.
“R
emot
e Se
nsor
Act
s as
a s
enso
r fo
r ac
tivat
ing
the
cont
rols
of t
heT
V w
hen
rem
ote
cont
rol h
ands
et is
aim
ed a
t it.
‘H
eadp
hone
soc
ket
Con
nect
hea
dpho
ne ja
ck t
o so
cket
for
pers
onal
liste
ning
.
(Vo
lum
e 8
/9 b
utto
nsA
djus
t so
und
volu
me
soft
er/lo
uder
.
§C
hann
el 7
/ 6
but
tons
Sele
ct c
hann
el in
des
cend
ing/
asce
ndin
g or
der.
No
te•
You
can
ente
r th
e m
ain
men
u by
pre
ssin
g bo
th t
he V
olum
e 8
and
9 b
utto
ns a
t th
esa
me
time.
•Pr
ess
the
7 o
r 6
but
ton
to s
elec
t th
e ne
xt it
em o
n th
e m
enu.
•Pr
ess V
olum
e 8
or
9 b
utto
n to
acc
ess
sub-
men
u an
d ad
just
the
set
tings
.
é“
‘(
§
VO
LUM
EL
K˙˝
˚¸
CH
AN
NE
L˚
¸
INS
TA
LL /
ME
NU
FU
NC
TIO
NS O
F T
V C
ON
TR
OL
S
&
9
FU
NC
TIO
NS O
F R
EM
OT
E C
ON
TR
OL
3M
ain
In
dex
Bu
tto
nIn
tel
etex
t m
ode,
pre
ss b
utto
n to
ret
urn
to t
hem
ain
inde
x pa
ge.
4F
row
nie
butt
on
Allo
ws
to d
elet
e st
ored
per
sona
l pre
fere
nce
chan
nels
in y
our
Pers
onal
Pre
fere
nce
list.
For
deta
iled
desc
ript
ion
of fu
nctio
ns, r
efer
to
sect
ion
on“P
erso
nal
Zap
ping
”.
5S
mar
t P
ictu
re B
utt
on
Pres
s th
e Sm
art
Pict
ure
butt
on r
epea
tedl
y to
acce
ss 5
diff
eren
t ty
pes
of p
ictu
re s
ettin
gs a
ndch
oose
you
r de
sire
d se
ttin
g.6
1In
cred
ible
Su
rro
un
d B
utt
on
–A
llow
s yo
u to
sel
ect
Incr
edib
le S
urro
und
soun
dw
hen
tran
smis
sion
is in
ste
reo
mod
e.–
Allo
ws
you
to s
elec
t Sp
atia
l Sou
nd w
hen
tran
smis
sion
is in
mon
o m
ode.
71\
Cu
rso
r R
igh
t B
utt
on
Allo
ws
you
to a
cces
s th
e su
b-m
enus
and
adj
ust
the
sett
ings
.8
Cu
rso
r D
own
Bu
tto
nA
llow
s yo
u to
sel
ect
the
next
item
on
the
men
u.9
Ch
ann
el +
/ –
Bu
tto
ns
Allo
ws
you
to s
elec
t ch
anne
ls in
asc
endi
ng o
rde
scen
ding
ord
er.
20M
ute
Bu
tto
nM
utes
sou
nd. T
o re
stor
e so
und,
pre
ss b
utto
n ag
ain.
21Te
lete
xt B
utt
on
Ref
er t
o se
ctio
n on
“U
sing
the
Tel
etex
t”22
OS
D b
utt
on
Allo
ws
you
to d
ispl
ay t
he c
urre
nt c
hann
el n
umbe
r.It
als
o al
low
s to
exi
t m
enu
from
the
scr
een
afte
rco
ntro
l adj
ustm
ents
.23
Dig
it (
0 -9
) B
utt
on
sPr
ess
to s
elec
t a
chan
nel.
For
a 2-
digi
t ch
anne
lnu
mbe
r, pr
ess
the
first
dig
it an
d fo
llow
edim
med
iate
ly b
y th
e se
cond
dig
it.24
A/V
Bu
tto
nA
llow
s yo
u to
sel
ect
the
AV
cha
nnel
s.25
Sle
epti
mer
But
ton
Allo
ws
you
to s
elec
t a
time
peri
od a
fter
whi
ch t
hese
twill
sw
itch
to s
tand
by m
ode
auto
mat
ical
ly.
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 2120 22 23 24 25
Directions for UseGB 8 L01.2A3.
12
AU
TO
MA
TIC
TU
NIN
G O
F C
HA
NN
EL
S
Aut
omat
ic t
unin
g of
cha
nnel
s al
low
s yo
u to
sto
re e
ach
prog
ram
me
auto
mat
ical
ly.
Ente
r m
ain
men
u.
Pres
s bu
tton
rep
eate
dly
until
Inst
all i
s se
lect
ed.
Ente
r in
stal
l men
u.
Sele
ct A
uto
Sto
re.
Star
t au
tom
atic
tun
ing
ofch
anne
ls.
Whe
n tu
ning
is c
ompl
eted
,ex
it m
enu
from
scr
een.
¸
Main
o
Picture
πBrightness
Sound
Colour
Features
Contrast
Install
Sharpness
Colour Temp.
More...
œ
Main
o
Picture
Language
Sound
Auto Store
Features
Manual Store
Install
πSort
Channel Edit
Name
œ
Install
o
Language
πEnglish
Auto Store
Manual store
Sort
Channel Edit
Name
œ
˙ ¸Install
o
Language
Auto Store
π
Manual store
Sort
Channel Edit
Name
œ
˙Auto Store
Channel
1
TV
142 MHz
π
Install
o
Language
Auto Store
π
Manual store
Sort
Channel Edit
Name
œ
MEN
U
Ste
pR
esu
lt o
n T
V S
cree
nP
ress
bu
tto
n
m
11
¸
Op
erat
ing
inst
ruct
ion
s ge
ner
ally
exp
lain
s th
e o
per
atio
n o
f th
e T
Vse
t u
sin
g th
e b
utt
on
s o
n t
he
rem
ote
co
ntr
ol u
nle
ss o
ther
wis
e st
ated
.P
leas
e re
ad t
he
follo
win
g in
stru
ctio
ns
care
fully
an
d fo
llow
th
e st
eps
as s
how
n t
o f
amili
aris
e yo
urs
elf
wit
h t
he
inst
alla
tio
ns
and
all
feat
ure
sav
aila
ble
in y
ou
r se
t.
The
Lan
guag
e fe
atur
e al
low
s yo
u to
set
the
TV
’s on
-scr
een
men
u to
be
show
n in
you
rde
sire
d la
ngua
ge.
SE
LE
CT
ING
TH
E M
EN
U L
AN
GU
AG
E
Ente
r m
ain
men
u.
Sele
ct I
nsta
ll.
Ente
r th
e In
stal
l men
u.
Pres
s bu
tton
rep
eate
dly
to c
ycle
thro
ugh
the
lang
uage
list
and
sele
ct t
he la
ngua
ge o
f you
r ch
oice
.
Exit
men
u fr
om s
cree
n.
AU
TO
MA
TIC
TU
NIN
G
Main
o
Picture
πBrightness
Sound
Colour
Features
Contrast
Install
Sharpness
Colour Temp.
More...
œ
Main
o
Picture
Language
Sound
Auto Store
Features
Manual Store
Install
πSort
Channel Edit
Name
œ
Install
o
Language
English
π
Auto Store
Manual store
Sort
Channel Edit
Name
œ
˙
Ste
pP
ress
bu
tto
nR
esu
lt o
n T
V S
cree
n
MEN
U
m˙
Directions for Use GB 9L01.2A 3.
14
CH
AN
NE
LS
MA
NU
AL T
UN
ING
OF C
HA
NN
EL
S
¸
Manual Store
o
Colour System
Sound System
Search
Channel No.
2π
Fine Tune
Store
œ
Manual Store
o
System
Search
Channel No.
Fine Tune
Store
Store?π
œ
˙ ¸
9 10 11Manual Store
o
System
Search
Channel No.
Fine Tune
Store
Stored
œ
12
˙
Star
t m
anua
l sea
rchi
ng. S
earc
hing
stop
s on
ce a
tra
nsm
ittin
g si
gnal
isfo
und.
Sele
ct C
han
nel
No.
Key
in t
he c
hann
el n
umbe
r.
Pres
s bu
tton
rep
eate
dly
until
Sto
re is
sel
ecte
d.
Stor
e tu
ned
cha
nnel
.N
ote
: If
you
wan
t to
cont
inue
sea
rchi
ng fo
ran
othe
r tr
ansm
ittin
gch
anne
l, re
peat
ste
ps7
to 1
1.
Exit
men
u fr
om s
cree
n.
Manual Store
o
Colour System
Sound System
Search
128 MHz
π
Channel No.
Fine Tune
Store
œ
Ste
pR
esu
lt o
n T
V S
cree
nP
ress
bu
tto
n
51
32
46
79
8 0 m
13
MA
NU
AL T
UN
ING
OF C
HA
NN
EL
S
Man
ual t
unin
g of
cha
nnel
s al
low
s yo
u to
sel
ect
your
pre
ferr
ed c
hann
el n
umbe
r fo
r ev
ery
avai
labl
e pr
ogra
mm
e.
MEN
U
¸ ˙ ¸ ˙
Ente
r m
ain
men
u.
Pres
s bu
tton
rep
eate
dly
until
Inst
all i
s se
lect
ed.
Ente
r in
stal
l men
u.
Pres
s bu
tton
rep
eate
dly
until
Man
ual
Sto
re is
sel
ecte
d.
Ente
r m
anua
l sto
re m
enu.
Pres
s bu
tton
rep
eate
dly
until
Sea
rch
is s
elec
ted.
MA
NU
AL T
UN
ING
OF
Main
o
Picture
πBrightness
Sound
Colour
Features
Contrast
Install
Sharpness
Colour Temp.
More...
œ
Main
o
Picture
Language
Sound
Auto Store
Features
Manual Store
Install
πSort
Channel Edit
Name
œ
Install
o
Language
πEnglish
Auto Store
Manual Store
Sort
Channel Edit
Name
œ
Install
o
Language
Colour System
Auto Store
Sound System
Manual Store
πSearch
Sort
Channel No.
Channel Edit
Fine Tune
Name
Store
œ
Manual Store
o
Colour System
Sound System
Search
79 MHz
π
Channel No.
Fine Tune
Store
œ
Ste
pR
esu
lt o
n T
V S
cree
nP
ress
bu
tto
n
¸
Directions for UseGB 10 L01.2A3.
16
FIN
E T
UN
ING
OF C
HA
NN
EL
S
Thi
s fe
atur
e al
low
s yo
u to
adj
ust
pict
ure
rece
ptio
n in
are
as o
f wea
k re
cept
ion.
Ente
r m
ain
men
u.
Pres
s bu
tton
rep
eate
dly
until
Inst
all i
s se
lect
ed.
Ente
r in
stal
l men
u.
Pres
s bu
tton
rep
eate
dly
until
Man
ual
Sto
re is
sel
ecte
d.
Ente
r m
anua
l sto
re m
enu.
Pres
s bu
tton
rep
eate
dly
until
Fin
e Tu
ne
is s
elec
ted.
Fine
tun
e un
til t
he b
est
rece
ptio
nis
obt
aine
d.
Sele
ct S
tore
.
Stor
e la
st fi
ne-t
uned
sta
tus.
Exit
men
u fr
om s
cree
n.
Main
o
Picture
πBrightness
Sound
Color
Features
Contrast
Install
Sharpness
Tint
More...
œ
Main
o
Picture
Language
Sound
Auto Store
Features
Manual Store
Install
πSort
Channel Edit
Name
œ
¸ ˙ ¸ ˙ ¸ ˙ ¸ ˙9
Install
o
Lang
uage
Colo
ur S
yste
m
Auto
Sto
reSo
und
Syst
em
Ma
nual
Sto
reπ
Sear
ch
Sort
Channel No.
Ch
anne
l Ed
itFi
ne T
une
Name
Store
œ
Manual Store
o
Colour System
Sound System
Search
Channel No.
Fine Tune
p
π
Store
œ
Manual Storeo
Colour System
Sound System
Search
Channel No.
Fine Tune
p
π
Store
œ
Manual Store
o
System
Search
Channel No.
Fine Tune
Store
Stored
œ
10Ste
pP
ress
bu
tto
nR
esu
lt o
n T
V S
cree
n
MEN
U
mor ˝
15
SE
LE
CT
ING
TH
E C
OL
OU
R/S
OU
ND
SY
ST
EM
Thi
s fe
atur
e al
low
s yo
u to
sel
ect
your
des
ired
Co
lour
and
So
und
syst
em. I
f Aut
ois
sel
ecte
d, t
he r
espe
ctiv
e co
lour
and
sou
nd s
yste
m w
ill b
e au
tom
atic
ally
sel
ecte
d ac
cord
ing
to t
he t
rans
mis
sion
sys
tem
. No
te :
Sele
ct y
our
desi
red
colo
ur a
nd s
ound
sys
tem
man
ually
ifre
cept
ion
is p
oor
at A
uto
mod
e.
Rep
eat
step
1C
olo
ur S
yste
m is
sel
ecte
d.to
ste
p 5
as in
“Man
ual T
unin
go
f TV
Cha
nnel
s”
Sele
ct t
he d
esir
ed c
olou
rsy
stem
(A
uto
, PA
L,
NT
SC
3.5
8, N
TS
C 4
.43
or S
EC
AM
).
Pres
s bu
tton
rep
eate
dly
until
ST
OR
E is
sel
ecte
d.
Stor
e se
lect
ed s
yste
m.
Proc
eed
to s
elec
t S
ou
nd
Sys
tem
.
Sele
ct t
he d
esir
ed s
ound
syst
em (
Au
to, B
G, I
,D
K o
r M
.
Pres
s bu
tton
rep
eate
dly
until
ST
OR
E is
sel
ecte
d.
Stor
e se
lect
ed s
yste
m.
Exit
men
u fr
om s
cree
n.
Ste
pP
ress
bu
tto
nR
esu
lt o
n T
V S
cree
n
Manu
al S
tore
o
Colour System
Auto
π
Soun
d Sy
stem
Se
arch
Channel No.
Fine Tune
Store
œ
Manu
al S
tore
o
Colour System
PAL
π
Soun
d Sy
stem
Se
arch
Channel No.
Fine Tune
Store
œ
˝ ˙or ¸ ˙˝
Manu
al S
tore
o
Colour System
So
und
Syst
em
Sear
ch
Channel No.
Fine Tune
Store
Stored
œ
9
¸ ˙
Manu
al S
tore
o
Colour System
So
und
Syst
emAu
toπ
Se
arch
Channel No.
Fine Tune
Store
œ
Manu
al S
tore
o
Colour System
So
und
Syst
emDK
π
Sear
ch
Channel No.
Fine Tune
Store
œ
or ¸ ˙ m
Manu
al S
tore
o
Colour System
So
und
Syst
em
Sear
ch
Channel No.
Fine Tune
Store
Stored
œ
10 11 12 13
or ˚
Directions for Use GB 11L01.2A 3.
18
ED
ITIN
G O
F C
HA
NN
EL
S
Thi
s fe
atur
e al
low
s yo
u to
ski
p or
edi
t ch
anne
ls w
hich
hav
e ba
d or
wea
k T
V s
igna
l or
chan
nels
that
you
do
not
wat
ch o
ften
. No
te :
Onc
e a
chan
nel i
s sk
ippe
d, y
ou c
anno
t ha
ve a
cces
s to
it b
yth
eCH
(C
hann
el)
+ o
r –
butt
on. Y
ou c
an o
nly
have
acc
ess
to t
he c
hann
el b
y th
e D
igit
(0 -
9)bu
tton
s.
Main
o
Picture
Language
Sound
Auto Store
Features
Manual Store
Install
πSort
Channel Edit
Name
œ
Install
o
Language
Channel No.
Auto Store
Skipped
Manual Store
Sort
Channel Edit
π
Name
œ
Ente
r m
ain
men
u.
Pres
s bu
tton
rep
eate
dly
until
Inst
all i
s se
lect
ed.
Ente
r in
stal
l men
u.
Pres
s bu
tton
rep
eate
dly
until
Ch
ann
el E
dit
is s
elec
ted.
Ente
r C
han
nel
Ed
it m
enu.
Key
in t
he c
hann
el n
umbe
r to
be
skip
ped.
Sele
ct S
kip
ped
.
Sele
ct O
n to
ski
p ch
anne
l.
Exit
men
u fr
om s
cree
n.
Channel Edit
o
Channel No. 2
π
Skipped
œ
Channel Edit
o
Channel No.
Skipped
On
œ
9
HO
W T
O R
ES
TO
RE S
KIP
PE
D C
HA
NN
EL
S
•R
epea
t S
tep
s 1
to 5
as
in”E
dit
ing
of
Ch
ann
els”
.•
Key
in t
he c
hann
el n
umbe
r to
be
rest
ored
by
the
Dig
it (
0 -
9) b
utto
n.•
Sele
ct S
kip
ped
by
the
Cu
rso
r D
ow b
utto
n.•
Sele
ct O
ff t
o re
stor
e ch
anne
l by
the
Cu
rso
r R
igh
t bu
tton
.•
Exit
men
u fr
om s
cree
n by
the
OS
D b
utto
n.
Channel Edit
o
Channel No.
Skipped
Off
œ
Ste
pR
esu
lt o
n T
V S
cree
nP
ress
bu
tto
n
MEN
U
m51
32
46
79
8 0¸ ˙ ¸ ˙ ¸ ˙
17
SO
RT
ING
OF C
HA
NN
EL
S
Thi
s fe
atur
e re
arra
nges
cha
nnel
num
bers
.
Ente
r m
ain
men
u.
Pres
s bu
tton
rep
eate
dly
until
Inst
all i
s se
lect
ed.
Ente
r in
stal
l men
u.
Pres
s bu
tton
rep
eate
dly
until
So
rt is
sel
ecte
d.
Ente
r so
rt m
ode.
Sele
ct t
he c
hann
el n
umbe
r yo
u w
ant
to c
hang
e fr
om (
e.g.
002)
.
Con
firm
sel
ectio
n.
Sele
ct t
he c
hann
el n
umbe
r yo
u w
ant
to c
hang
e to
(e.
g. 00
5).
Con
firm
sel
ectio
n.T
he c
hang
e is
don
e.N
ote
: C
hann
el n
umbe
rs 5
, 4 a
nd 3
will
mov
e up
war
ds a
ccor
ding
ly. t
hat
is, C
hann
el 5
will
mov
e up
to
Cha
nnel
4, C
hann
el 4
to
3 an
d C
hann
el 3
to
2.
Exit
men
u fr
om s
cree
n.
Main
o
Picture
Language
Sound
Auto Store
Features
Manual Store
Install
πSort
Channel Edit
Name
œ
Install
o
Language
000
Auto Store
001
Manual Store
002
Sort
π003
Channel Edit
004
Name
005
œ
Install
o
Language
000
Auto Store
001
Manual Store
002 π
Sort
π003
Channel Edit
004
Name
005
œ
˙˙¸ ¸ ˙¸ ¸
Install
o
Language
000
Auto Store
001
Manual Store
002
p
Sort
π003
Channel Edit
004
Name
005
œ
Install
o
Language
000
Auto Store
001
Manual Store
002
Sort
π003
Channel Edit
004
Name
005
pœ
9 10Ste
pR
esu
lt o
n T
V S
cree
nP
ress
bu
tto
n
MEN
U
mor ˚
Install
o
Language
000
Auto Store
001
Manual Store
002
Sort
π003
Channel Edit
004
Name
005
πœ
˝
Directions for UseGB 12 L01.2A3.
20
¸
AD
JUS
TIN
G T
HE T
V P
ICT
UR
E
The
pic
ture
men
u al
low
s yo
u to
mak
e ad
just
men
ts t
o th
e pi
ctur
e.
Main
o
Picture
πBrightness
Sound
Colour
Features
Contrast
Install
Sharpness
Colour Temp
More...
œPicture
o
Brightness
p
59
π
Colour
Contrast
Sharpness
Colour Temp
NR
œ
˙
Dis
play
the
mai
n m
enu
on s
cree
n.
Ente
r P
ictu
re m
enu.
Sele
ct it
em.
Adj
ust
leve
l or
sele
ct d
esir
edse
ttin
g.
Exit
men
u fr
om s
cree
n.
˝ ˙or
Pic
ture
men
u it
ems
Act
ivit
ies
Brig
htne
ssIn
crea
se o
r de
crea
se b
righ
tnes
s le
vel.
Col
our
Incr
ease
or
decr
ease
col
or le
vel.
Con
tras
tIn
crea
se o
r de
crea
se c
ontr
ast
leve
l.
Shar
pnes
sIn
crea
se o
r de
crea
se s
harp
ness
leve
l to
impr
ove
deta
il
in p
ictu
re.
Col
or t
empe
ratu
reC
hoos
e fr
om 3
set
tings
(N
orm
al, W
arm
or
Coo
l).
NR
(N
oise
Red
uctio
n)Se
lect
“O
n”
to r
educ
e “n
oisy
” pi
ctur
e (li
ttle
dot
s on
pict
ure)
due
to
wea
k si
gnal
.
Con
tras
t +
Sele
ct “
On
” to
allo
w y
ou t
o op
timis
e th
e to
tal c
ontr
ast
for
impr
oved
pic
ture
qua
lity.
˚ or
Ste
pR
esu
lt o
n T
V S
cree
nP
ress
bu
tto
n
MEN
U
m
Picture
o
Colour
p
59
π
Contrast
Sharpness
Colour Temp
NR
Contrast + œ
19
NA
MIN
G O
F C
HA
NN
EL
S
Thi
s fe
atur
e en
able
s yo
u to
nam
e or
ren
ame
chan
nels
.
Ente
r m
ain
men
u.
Pres
s bu
tton
rep
eate
dly
until
Inst
all i
s se
lect
ed.
Ente
r in
stal
l men
u.
Pres
s bu
tton
rep
eate
dly
until
Nam
e is
sel
ecte
d.
Ente
r na
me
mod
e.
Sele
ct t
he c
hann
el y
ou w
ant
tona
me.
Mov
e to
firs
t ch
arac
ter
slot
.
A c
urso
r ap
pear
s fo
r yo
u to
sta
rtth
e in
put
of c
hara
cter
s. S
elec
t th
ech
arac
ter
you
wan
t. M
ove
to n
ext
char
acte
r sl
ot b
y th
e C
urs
or
Rig
ht
butt
on a
nd s
elec
t th
e ne
xt c
hara
cter
.Yo
u ca
n en
ter
up t
o a
max
imum
of 5
cha
ract
ers.
Exit
men
u fr
om s
cree
n.
Main
o
Picture
Language
Sound
Auto Store
Features
Manual Store
Install
πSort
Channel Edit
Name
œ
Install
o
Language
000
Auto Store
001
Manual Store
002
Sort
003
Channel Edit
004
Name
π005
œ
¸ ˙ ¸ ˙ ¸˚ ˙or ¸˚ or
Install
o
Language
000
Auto Store
001
Manual Store
002
Sort
003
π
Channel Edit
004
Name
π005
œ
Install
o
Language
000
Auto Store
001
Manual Store
002
Sort
003
π
Channel Edit
004
Name
π005
œ
9Ste
pR
esu
lt o
n T
V S
cree
nP
ress
bu
tto
n
MEN
U
m
Directions for Use GB 13L01.2A 3.
22
¸
US
ING
TH
E T
IME
R
The
Tim
er fe
atur
e al
low
s yo
u to
set
the
tim
er t
o sw
itch
to a
noth
er c
hann
el a
t a
spec
ified
time
whi
le y
ou a
re w
atch
ing
anot
her
chan
nel o
r w
hen
the
TV
is o
n st
andb
y m
ode.
No
te :
For
the
timer
to
func
tion,
the
set
mus
t no
t be
sw
itche
d of
f. O
nce
the
set
is s
witc
hed
off,
the
timer
is d
isab
led.
Main
o
Picture
πBrightness
Sound
Colour
Features
Contrast
Install
Sharpness
Colour Temp.
More...
œ
Main
o
Picture
Timer
Sound
Child Lock
Features
πFormat
Install
œ
Features
o
Timer
πTime
Child Lock
Start Time
Format
Stop Time
Channel
Activate
Display
œ
˙
Dis
play
the
mai
n m
enu
on s
cree
n.
Sele
ct F
eatu
res.
Ente
r th
e Fe
atur
es m
enu.
Ente
r Tim
er m
enu.
Key
in t
he c
urre
nt t
ime
star
ting
from
the
hour
follo
w b
y m
inut
e.T
his
is t
he t
ime
whe
re t
he “
star
t tim
e”an
d “s
top
time”
will
tak
e re
fere
nce
from
.
Sele
ct S
tart
Tim
e.
Key
in t
he t
ime
you
wan
t th
epr
ogra
mm
e to
be
switc
hed
on.
Timer
o
Time
π08:30
Start Time
Stop Time
Channel
Activate
Display
œ
˙
Timer
o
Time
Start Time
π10:30
Stop Time
Channel
Activate
Display
œ
¸MEN
U
51
32
46
79
8 0 51
32
46
79
8 0
Ste
pP
ress
bu
tto
nR
esu
lt o
n T
V S
cree
n
21
AD
US
TIN
G T
HE T
V S
OU
ND
The
sou
nd m
enu
allo
ws
you
to m
ake
adju
stm
ents
to
the
soun
d.
Dis
play
the
mai
n m
enu
on s
cree
n.
Sele
ct S
ou
nd
men
u.
Ente
r S
ou
nd
men
u.
Sele
ct it
em.
Adj
ust
leve
l or
sele
ct d
esir
edse
ttin
g.
Exit
men
u fr
om s
cree
n.
Main
o
Picture
πBrightness
Sound
Colour
Features
Contrast
Install
Sharpness
Colour Temp.
More...
œ
Main
o
Picture
Treble
Sound
πBass
Features
Balance
Install
AVL
Incr. Surround
Ultra Bass
œ
Sound
o
Treble
p
0π
Bass
Balance
AVL
Incr. Surround
Ultra Bass
œ¸˙ ˝ ˙or˚ or¸
So
un
d m
enu
item
sA
ctiv
itie
s
Treb
leIn
crea
se o
r de
crea
se h
igh
freq
uenc
y le
vel.
Bass
Incr
ease
or
decr
ease
low
freq
uenc
y le
vel.
Bala
nce
Incr
ease
or
decr
ease
to
adju
st b
alan
ce le
vel.
AV
L (A
uto
Volu
me
Leve
ller)
Sele
ct O
n to
ena
ble
volu
me
to r
emai
n at
a p
re-
dete
rmin
ed le
vel s
houl
d th
ere
be a
sud
den
chan
ge in
volu
me
duri
ng c
omm
erci
al b
reak
s or
cha
nnel
sw
itchi
ng.
Incr
edib
le S
urro
und
Sele
ct O
n to
boo
st t
he e
ffect
of s
tere
o so
und.
Ultr
a Ba
ssSe
lect
On
to e
njoy
enh
ance
d ba
ss o
utpu
t.
Ste
pR
esu
lt o
n T
V S
cree
nP
ress
bu
tto
n
MEN
U
m
Directions for UseGB 14 L01.2A3.
24
AC
TIV
AT
ING
TH
E C
HIL
D L
OC
K (
AC
CE
SS C
OD
E)
The
Chi
ld L
ock
feat
ure
allo
ws
you
to lo
ck c
hann
els
to p
reve
nt y
our
child
ren
from
wat
chin
gpr
ogra
mm
es y
ou d
eem
und
esir
able
.N
ote
: You
can
onl
y ha
ve a
cces
s to
the
lock
ed c
hann
els
via
the
rem
ote
cont
rol.
Kee
p th
ere
mot
e co
ntro
l out
of r
each
so
as t
o pr
even
t yo
ur c
hild
ren
from
hav
ing
acce
ss t
o it.
Dis
play
the
mai
n m
enu
on s
cree
n.
Pres
s bu
tton
rep
eate
dly
until
Feat
ure
s is
sel
ecte
d.
Ente
r th
e Fe
atur
es m
enu.
Sele
ct C
hild
Lo
ck.
Ente
r C
hild
Loc
k m
ode.
Key
in t
he 4
-dig
it ac
cess
cod
e.Fo
r th
e fir
st t
ime
or if
you
hav
efo
rgot
ten
the
acce
ss c
ode,
ent
erth
e un
iver
sal a
cces
s co
de 0
711
twic
e. It
will
now
pro
mpt
you
to
key
in a
New
Co
de.
Key
in y
our
pref
erre
d co
de (
4-di
git)
.
Key
in t
he n
ew c
ode
the
seco
ndtim
e to
con
firm
cod
e.
The
Chi
ld L
ock
men
u w
ill n
owap
pear
. You
can
pro
ceed
to
lock
chan
nel (
refe
r to
sec
tion
on“L
ock
Cha
nnel
”). I
f not
, exi
t m
enu
from
scr
een.
Not
e :
Aft
er y
ou h
ave
exit
men
u fr
om s
cree
n an
d yo
u w
ant
toen
ter
the
child
lock
men
u ag
ain,
you
nee
d to
key
the
new
acce
ss c
ode
only
onc
e.
Main
o
Picture
Timer
Sound
Child Lock
Features
πFormat
Install
œ
Features
o
Timer
Child Lock
π
Format
œ
¸ ˙ ¸ ˙Features
o
Timer
Access Code
Child Lock
π xxxx
Format
Correct
œ
Features
o
Timer
New Code
Child Lock
π xxxx
Format
œ
Features
o
Timer
Confirm Code
Child Lock
π xxxx
Format
Confirmed
œ
Child Lock
o
Lock Channel
π002
Change Code
003
Clear All
004
Lock All
005
006
007
œ
9
51
32
46
79
8 0 51
32
46
79
8 0
MEN
U
51
32
46
79
8 0 m
Ste
pR
esu
lt o
n T
V S
cree
nP
ress
bu
tto
n
23
US
ING
TH
E T
IME
R
Sele
ct S
top
Tim
e.
Key
in t
he t
ime
you
wan
t th
epr
ogra
mm
e to
be
switc
hed
off.
Sele
ct C
han
nel
.
Key
in t
he c
hann
el y
ou w
ant
tosw
itch
to.
Sele
ct A
ctiv
ate.
Act
ivat
e tim
er. Y
ou c
an s
elec
tO
nce
, Dai
ly o
r O
ff.
Sele
ct D
isp
lay.
Sele
ct O
n m
ode
if yo
u w
ant
todi
spla
y th
e tim
e on
the
TV
scr
een.
Exit
men
u fr
om s
cree
n.
No
te : A
fter
the
Sto
p T
ime
is a
ctiv
ated
,th
e T
V w
ill g
o on
sta
ndby
mod
e. T
osw
itch
on s
et fr
om s
tand
by m
ode,
pre
ssC
han
nel
+/–
, Dig
it (
0 -9
) or
Pow
er b
utto
n.
¸Timer
o
Time
Start Time
Stop Time
π12:30
Channel
Activate
Display
œ
Timer
o
Time
Start Time
Stop Time
Channel
π5
Activate
Display
œ
9 10¸
11 12
¸ ˙ ¸ ˙
Timer
o
Time
Start Time
Stop Time
Channel
Activate
πOnce
Display
œ
Timer
o
Time
Start Time
Stop Time
Channel
Activate
Display
πOn
œ
13 14 15
51
32
46
79
8 0 51
32
46
79
8 0
m
Res
ult
on
TV
Scr
een
Pre
ss b
utt
on
Ste
p
Directions for Use GB 15L01.2A 3.
26
AC
TIV
AT
ING
TH
E C
HIL
D L
OC
K (
LO
CK C
HA
NN
EL)
Rep
eat
Ste
ps
1 to
8 a
sT
he C
hild
Loc
k m
enu
will
in “
CH
ILD L
ock
(A
CC
ES
Sno
w a
ppea
r. Y
ou c
an p
roce
edC
OD
E)”
to lo
ck c
hann
el.
Ente
r lo
ck c
hann
el m
ode.
Sele
ct t
he c
hann
el y
ou w
ant
to lo
ck.
Act
ivat
e bl
ocki
ng o
f cha
nnel
.A
key
lock
sym
bol w
ill a
ppea
rbe
side
the
cha
nnel
num
ber
indi
catin
g th
at it
is lo
cked
.N
ote
: To
lock
mor
e th
an o
nech
anne
l, re
peat
Ste
ps 1
0 to
11
befo
re e
xitin
g m
enu
from
scre
en.
Exit
men
u fr
om s
cree
n.
Child Lock
o
Lock Channel
π002
Change Code
003
Clear All
004
Lock All
005
006
007
œ
Child Lock
o
Lock Channel
π002
Change Code
003
Clear All
004
Lock All
005
006
007
πœ
Child Lock
o
Lock Channel
π002
Change Code
003
Clear All
004
Lock All
005
006
π007
œ
˙
¸˙
10 11 129
or˚
Child Lock
o
Lock Channel
π002
Change Code
003
Clear All
004
Lock All
005
006
πF
007
œ
m
Ste
pR
esu
lt o
n T
V S
cree
nP
ress
bu
tto
n
25
AC
TIV
AT
ING
TH
E C
HIL
D L
OC
K (
CH
AN
GE C
OD
E)
No
te :
You
nee
d to
key
the
acc
ess
code
onl
y on
ce.
Rep
eat
Ste
ps
1 to
8 a
sT
he C
hild
Loc
k m
enu
will
in “
AC
TIV
AT
ING
TH
Eno
w a
ppea
r. Y
ou c
an p
roce
edC
HIL
D L
OC
Kto
cha
nge
code
.(A
CC
ES
S C
OD
E)”
Sele
ct C
han
ge C
od
e.
Ente
r ch
ange
cod
e m
ode.
Key
in y
our
pref
erre
d co
de(4
-dig
it).
Key
in t
he n
ew c
ode
the
seco
nd t
ime
to c
onfir
mco
de.
Exit
men
u fr
om s
cree
n.
Child Lock
o
Lock Channel
π002
Change Code
003
Clear All
004
Lock All
005
006
007
œ
10 1211
¸ ˙ 51
32
46
79
8 0
Child Lock
o
Lock Channel
New Code
Change Code
π ----
Clear All
Lock All
œ
Child Lock
o
Lock Channel
New Code
Change Code
π xxxx
Clear All
Lock All
œ
Child Lock
o
Lock Channel
Confirm Code
Change Code
π xxxx
Clear All
Confirmed
Lock All
œ
51
32
46
79
8 0
Ste
pP
ress
bu
tto
nR
esu
lt o
n T
V S
cree
n
m139
Directions for UseGB 16 L01.2A3.
28
US
ING
TH
E S
CR
EE
N F
OR
MA
T
You
can
have
a c
hoic
e of
tw
o fo
rmat
s fo
r yo
ur v
iew
ing
plea
sure
, nam
ely
: - 4
:3 m
ode
and
the
EX
PAN
D 4
:3 m
ode
thro
ugh
the
FO
RM
AT
men
u.
Dis
play
the
mai
n m
enu
on s
cree
n.
Pres
s bu
tton
rep
eate
dly
until
Feat
ure
s is
sel
ecte
d.
Ente
r th
e Fe
atur
es m
enu.
Pres
s bu
tton
rep
eate
dly
umtil
Form
at is
sel
ecte
d.
Pres
s th
e bu
tton
rep
eate
dly
tocy
cle
thro
ugh
the
diffe
rent
form
ats
(4:3
or
Exp
and
4:3)
or
and
sele
ctyo
ur d
esir
ed fo
rmat
.
Exit
men
u fr
om s
cree
n.
Whe
n to
use
the
Scr
een
Form
ats
4:3
form
atSe
lect
the
4:3
form
at if
you
wan
t to
disp
lay
the
4:3
pict
ure
usin
g th
e fu
llsu
rfac
e of
the
scr
een.
Exp
and
4:3
form
atSe
lect
the
Exp
and
4:3
form
at if
you
wan
t to
exp
and
mov
ie im
ages
reco
rded
in t
he le
tter
box
form
at.
Whe
n th
is fo
rmat
is s
elec
ted,
the
blac
k ho
rizo
ntal
bar
s at
the
top
and
bott
om a
re e
xpan
ded
thus
filli
ngup
the
ent
ire
TV
scr
een.
¸
Main
o
Picture
Timer
Sound
Child Lock
Features
πFormat
Install
œ
Features
o
Timer
Child Lock
Format
4:3
π
œ
Features
o
Timer
Child Lock
Format
4:3 Expand
π
œ
¸˙ ˙
MEN
U
Ste
pR
esu
lt o
n T
V S
cree
nP
ress
bu
tto
n
m
27
AC
TIV
AT
ING
TH
E C
HIL
D L
OC
K (
LO
CK A
LL)
You
can
choo
se t
o lo
ck a
ll ch
anne
ls in
the
Lo
ck A
ll m
ode
in t
he C
hild
Loc
k m
enu.
Rep
eat
Ste
ps
1 to
8 a
sT
he C
hild
Loc
k m
enu
will
in “
CH
ILD L
ock
(A
CC
ES
Sno
w a
ppea
r. Y
ou c
an p
roce
edC
OD
E)”
to lo
ck a
ll ch
anne
ls.
Sele
ct L
ock
All.
Sele
ct t
he O
n op
tion
tolo
ck a
ll ch
anne
ls.
Exit
men
u fr
om s
cree
n.
Child Lock
o
Lock Channel
π002
Change Code
003
Clear All
004
Lock All
005
006
007
œ
AC
TIV
AT
ING
TH
E C
HIL
D L
OC
K (
CL
EA
R A
LL)
To u
nloc
k ch
anne
ls t
hat
you
have
lock
ed, e
nter
the
Chi
ld L
ock
men
u an
d se
lect
the
Off
opt
ion
Cle
ar A
ll m
ode.
Rep
eat
Ste
ps
1 to
8 a
sT
he C
hild
Loc
k m
enu
will
in “
CH
ILD L
ock
(A
CC
ES
Sno
w a
ppea
r. Y
ou c
an p
roce
edC
OD
E)”
to c
lear
all
chan
nels
.
Sele
ct C
lear
All.
Sele
ct t
he O
ff o
ptio
n to
unlo
ck a
ll ch
anne
ls.
Exit
men
u fr
om s
cree
n.
Child Lock
o
Lock Channel
π002
Change Code
003
Clear All
004
Lock All
005
006
007
œ
Child Lock
o
Lock Channel
Change Code
Clear All
Lock All
πOn
œ
¸ ˙
¸ ˙
9 10 11 109 11Ste
pR
esu
lt o
n T
V S
cree
nP
ress
bu
tto
n
m
Ste
pR
esu
lt o
n T
V S
cree
nP
ress
bu
tto
n
Child Lock
o
Lock Channel
Change Code
Clear All
πOff
Lock All
œ
m
Directions for Use GB 17L01.2A 3.
30
SM
AR
T S
OU
ND
CO
NT
RO
L
Whe
ther
you
are
wat
chin
g a
mov
ie o
r vi
deo
gam
e, y
our T
V h
as a
utom
atic
sou
nd c
ontr
olse
ttin
gs m
atch
ed t
o yo
ur c
urre
nt p
rogr
am s
ourc
e or
con
tent
. The
Sm
art
Soun
d fe
atur
e qu
ickl
yre
sets
you
r TV
’s so
und
cont
rols
of p
rogr
am fo
r a
num
ber
of d
iffer
ent
type
s of
pro
gram
s an
dvi
ewin
g co
nditi
ons
you
may
hav
e in
you
r ho
me.
Eac
h Sm
art
Soun
d se
ttin
g is
pre
set
at t
hefa
ctor
y to
aut
omat
ical
ly a
djus
t th
e T
V’s
Treb
le a
nd B
ass
leve
ls.
Pres
s bo
tton
rep
eate
dly
to c
ycle
thr
ough
the
4 s
ettin
gs n
amel
y,P
erso
nal
, Vo
ice,
Mu
sic
and
Th
eatr
e an
d se
lect
you
r de
sire
dso
und
sett
ing.
Exit
men
u fr
om s
cree
n.
Step
Pres
s but
ton
Personal
Voice
Music
Theatre
Def
init
ion
of
So
un
d S
etti
ngs
Per
son
al:
Soun
d se
ttin
gs a
re s
et t
o yo
ur p
refe
renc
e.
Vo
ice
:Em
phas
ize
high
ton
e (t
rebl
e bo
oste
d).
Mu
sic
:Em
phas
ize
low
ton
e (B
ass
boos
ted)
.
Th
eatr
e:
Emph
asiz
e se
nsat
ion
to a
ctio
n.(B
ass
and
Treb
le b
oost
ed)
q m
29
SM
AR
T P
ICT
UR
E C
ON
TR
OL
Whe
ther
you
are
wat
chin
g a
mov
ie o
r vi
deo
gam
e, y
our T
V h
as a
utom
atic
vid
eo c
ontr
olse
ttin
gs m
atch
ed t
o yo
ur c
urre
nt p
rogr
am s
ourc
e or
con
tent
. The
Sm
art
Pict
ure
feat
ure
quic
kly
rese
ts y
our T
V’s
vide
o co
ntro
ls o
f pro
gram
for
a nu
mbe
r of
diff
eren
t ty
pes
of p
rogr
ams
and
view
ing
cond
ition
s yo
u m
ay h
ave
in y
our
hom
e. E
ach
Smar
t Pi
ctur
e se
ttin
g is
pre
set
at t
hefa
ctor
y to
aut
omat
ical
ly a
djus
t th
e T
V’s
Brig
htne
ss, C
olou
r, Pi
ctur
e an
d Sh
arpn
ess
leve
ls.
Step
Pres
s but
ton Pr
ess
bott
on r
epea
tedl
y to
cyc
le t
hrou
gh t
he 5
set
tings
nam
ely,
DV
D/V
CD
, Ric
h, N
atu
ral,
So
ft a
nd P
erso
nal
and
sel
ect
your
des
ired
pic
ture
set
ting.
Exit
men
u fr
om s
cree
n.
DVD/VCD
Def
inti
on
of
Pic
ture
Set
tin
gsD
VD
/VC
D:
For
optim
al p
ictu
re s
ettin
g, w
hene
ver
the
sour
ce is
con
nect
ed t
o D
VD
/VC
Dpl
ayer
, sel
ect
DV
D/V
CD
set
ting
for
AV
mod
e.
Ric
h:
Emph
asiz
e ve
ry v
ibra
nt c
olou
rs. T
his
sett
ing
is t
he o
ptim
al s
ettin
g w
hen
you
are
view
ing
TV
pro
gram
mes
in a
brig
htly
-lit
room
.
Nat
ura
l:
Emph
asiz
e or
igin
al c
olou
rs.
So
ft:
Emph
asiz
e “w
arm
” co
lour
s.(S
uita
ble
for
dim
ly-li
t ro
om c
ondi
tion
and
give
scin
ema-
like
effe
ct w
hen
light
issw
itche
d of
f).
Per
son
al:
Pict
ure
sett
ings
are
set
to
your
pre
fere
nce.
` m
Rich
Natural
Soft
Personal
Directions for UseGB 18 L01.2A3.P
erso
nal
No
tes:
34
SP
EC
IFIC
AT
ION
S
29P
T21
52
Pict
ure
tube
scr
een
size
72 c
m
Pict
ure
tube
vis
ible
are
a68
cm
Aud
io O
utpu
t :
Spea
ker
2 x
5 W
TV
Sys
tem
NT
SC M
PAL
B/G
PAL
D/K
PAL
ISE
CA
M B
/GSE
CA
M D
/KSE
CA
M K
1
Set
Dim
ensi
ons
:W
idth
75.9
cm
Dep
th51
cm
Hei
ght
57.5
cm
Net
Wei
ght
of S
etap
prox
imat
e 35
kg
Not
eFo
r O
pera
ting V
olta
ge, F
requ
ency
, Pow
er C
onsu
mpt
ion
and
Vers
ion
Num
ber,
refe
r to
the
type
num
ber
at t
he r
ear
of t
he s
et.
Mechanical Instructions GB 19L01.2A 4.
4. Mechanical InstructionsIndex:1. Rear Cover Removal2. Service Position Main Panel3. Side I/O Panel Removal4. Rear Cover Mounting Note: Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation, due to different set executions.
4.1 Rear Cover Removal
1. Remove all fixation screws of the rear cover. 2. Now pull the rear cover backward and remove it.
4.2 Service Position Main Panel
1. Disconnect the strain relief of the AC power cord.2. Remove the main panel, by pushing the two center clips
outward [1]. At the same time pull the panel away from the CRT [2].
3. Disconnect the degaussing coil by removing the cable from (red) connector 0201.
4. Move the panel somewhat to the left and flip it 90 degrees [3], with the components towards the CRT.
Figure 4-1
4.3 Side I/O Panel Removal
1. Remove the complete Side I/O assembly after unscrewing the 2 fixation screws [1].
2. Release the two fixation clamps [2] and lift the board out of the bracket.
Figure 4-2
4.4 Rear Cover Mounting
Before you mount the rear cover, perform the following checks:1. Check whether the mains cord is mounted correctly in its
guiding brackets.2. Replace the strain relief of the AC power cord into the
cabinet.3. Check whether all cables are replaced in their original
position.
A
B
1
CL 16532016_006.eps220501
2
1
3
CL 06532012_004.eps030200
Service Modes, Error Codes and Fault FindingGB 20 L01.2A5.
5. Service Modes, Error Codes and Fault FindingIndex:1. Test points.2. Service Modes.3. Problems and Solving Tips (related to CSM).4. ComPair.5. Error Codes.6. The Blinking LED Procedure.7. Protections.8. Repair Tips.
5.1 Test Points
The chassis is equipped with test points printed on the circuit board assemblies. These test points refer to the functional blocks:
Figure 5-1
The numbering is in a logical sequence for diagnostics. Always start diagnosing within a functional block in the sequence of the relevant test points for that block. Perform measurements under the following conditions:• Service Default Mode (when this mode is not present, set
all controls to 50%, set volume to 25% and select channel 3).
• Video: colour bar signal.• Audio: 3 kHz left, 1 kHz right.
5.2 Service Modes
Service Default Mode (SDM) and Service Alignment Mode (SAM) offer several features for the service technician, while the Customer Service Menu (CSM) is used for communication between dealer and customer. There is also the option of using ComPair, a hardware interface between a computer (see requirements) and the TV chassis. It offers the ability of structured trouble shooting, error code reading and software version readout for all L01 chassis. Minimum requirements: a 486 processor, Windows 3.1 and a CD-ROM drive (see also paragraph 5.4).
Figure 5-2
5.2.1 Service Default Mode (SDM)
Purpose• To create a predefined setting to get the same
measurement results as given in this manual.• To override SW protections.• To start the blinking LED procedure.
Specifications• Tuning frequency:
– 475.25 MHz for PAL/SECAM (AP-PAL).– 61.25 MHz (channel 3) for NTSC-sets (AP-NTSC).
• Colour system:– PAL-BG for AP-PAL.– NTSC for AP-NTSC.
• All picture settings at 50 % (brightness, colour contrast, hue).
• Bass, treble and balance at 50 %; volume at 25 %. • All service-unfriendly modes (if present) are disabled,
like: – (sleep) timer, – child/parental lock, – blue mute, – hotel/hospitality mode– auto switch-off (when no ‘IDENT’ video signal is
received for 15 minutes),– skip / blank of non-favorite presets / channels,– auto store of personal presets,– auto user menu time-out.
How to enter SDMUse one of the following methods:• Use a standard customer RC-transmitter and key in the
code ‘062596’ directly followed by the MENU button or• Short wires 9631 and 9641 on the mono carrier (see Fig.
8-1) and apply AC power. Then press the power button (remove the short after start-up). Caution: Entering SDM by shorten wires 9631 and 9641 will override the +8V-protection. Do this only for a short period. When doing this, the service-technician must know exactly what he is doing, as it could lead to damaging the set.
• Or via ComPair. After entering SDM, the following screen is visible, with SDM at the upper right side for recognition.
TEST POINT OVERVIEW L01Test point Circuit DiagramA1-A2-A3-….. Audio processing A8, A9 / A11C1-C2-C3-….. Control A7F1-F2-F3-….. Frame drive A3I1-I2-I3-….. Tuner & IF A4L1-L2-L3-…. Line drive A2P1-P2-P3-….. Power supply A1S1-S2-S3-….. Synchronisation A6V1-V2-V3-….. Video processing A5, B1
CL 16532008_044.eps210501
SOFTWARE VERSIONS (L01 AP SMALL SCREEN)
SWcluster
SW name UOC-type Diversity
1AP1 L01AN1-x.y TDA9580/1 AP, non TXT, China/AP
1AP2 L01AN2-x.y TDA9581/2 AP, non TXT, Thailand/Vietnam
1AP3 L01AN3-x.y TDA9580/1 AP, non TXT, India
1AP9 L01AN9-x.y TDA9581 AP, non TXT, Middle East
3AP1 L01AT1-x.y TDA9561/7 AP, 10 page TXT, Sgp/Aus/NZ
3AP2 L01AT2-x.y TDA9567 AP, 10 page TXT, Middle East
4AP1 L01AC1-x.y TDA9580 AP, NTSC, Thailand/Philippines
Abbreviations: A= Asia Pacific, C= NTSC, N= no TXT, T= TXT
CL 16532008_070.pdf
220801
Service Modes, Error Codes and Fault Finding GB 21L01.2A 5.
Figure 5-3
How to navigateUse one of the following methods:• When you press the MENU button on the remote control,
the set will switch between the SDM and the normal user menu (with the SDM mode still active in the background). Return to the SDM screen with the OSD / STATUS button.
• When you press the OSD / STATUS button on the remote control, the menu will show or hide the error buffer. This feature is available to prevent interference during waveform measurements.
• On the TV, press and hold the 'VOLUME down' and press the 'CHANNEL down' for a few seconds, to switch from SDM to SAM and reverse.
How to exitSwitch the set to STANDBY by pressing the power button on the remote control transmitter (if you switch the set 'off' by removing the AC power, the set will return in SDM when AC power is re-applied). The error buffer is cleared.
5.2.2 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)
Purpose• To perform alignments.• To change option settings.• To display / clear the error code buffer.
Specifications• Operation hours counter.• Software version.• Option settings.• Error buffer reading and erasing.• Software alignments.
How to enterUse one of the following methods:• Use a standard customer RC-transmitter and key in the
code ‘062596’ directly followed by the OSD / STATUS button or
• Via ComPair. The following screen is visible, with SAM at the upper right side for recognition.
Figure 5-4
1. LLLL This is the operation hours counter. It counts the normal operation hours, not the standby hours.
2. AAABCD-X.Y This is the software identification of the main micro controller: • A = the project name (L01).• B = the region: E= Europe, A= Asia Pacific, U=
NAFTA, L= LATAM.• C = the software diversity: C= NTSC, D= DVD, N= no
TXT, T= TXT.• D = the language cluster number.• X = the main software version number.• Y = the sub software version number.
3. SAM Indication of the actual mode.4. Error buffer Five errors possible.5. Option bytes Seven codes possible.6. Clear Erase the contents of the error buffer. Select the
CLEAR menu item and press the CURSOR RIGHT key. The content of the error buffer is cleared.
7. Options To set the Option Bytes. See chapter 8.3.1 for a detailed description.
8. AKB Disable (0) or enable (1) the ‘black current loop’ (AKB = Auto Kine Bias).
9. Tuner To align the Tuner. See chapter 8.3.2 for a detailed description.
10. White Tone To align the White Tone. See chapter 8.3.3 for a detailed description.
11. Geometry To align the Geometry. See chapter 8.3.4 for a detailed description.
12. Audio To align the Audio. See chapter 8.3.5 for a detailed description.
How to navigateUse one of the following methods:• In SAM, select menu items with the CURSOR UP/DOWN
key on the remote control transmitter. The selected item will be highlighted. When not all menu items fit on the screen, move the CURSOR UP/DOWN key to display the next / previous menu items.
• With the CURSOR LEFT/RIGHT keys, it is possible to:– (De)activate the selected menu item.– Change the value of the selected menu item.
A A A B C D E E X . Y S D M
E R R X X X X X X X X X X
M E N U
S D M
M a i n ^
• P i c t u r e > B r i g h t n e s s
• S o u n d C o l o u r
• F e a t u r e s C o n t r a s t
• I n s t a l l S h a r p n e s s
C o l o u r T e m p
S t o r e
v
O S D / S T A T U S
S D M
CL 16532020_060.pdf
220501
L L L L A A A B C D X . Y S A ME R R X X X X X X X X X XX X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
C L E A R C L E A R ?O P T I O N S >A K B 0 / 1T U N E R >W H I T E T O N E >G E O M E T R Y >A U D I O >
CL 16532020_061.eps150401
Service Modes, Error Codes and Fault FindingGB 22 L01.2A5.
– Activate the selected submenu.• When you press the MENU button twice, the set will
switch to the normal user menus (with the SAM mode still active in the background). To return to the SAM menu press the OSD / STATUS button [ i+ ].
• When you press the MENU key in a submenu, you will return to the previous menu.
How to exit Switch the set to STANDBY by pressing the power button on the remote control (if you switch the set 'off' by removing the AC power, the set will return in SAM when AC power is re-applied). The error buffer is not cleared.
5.2.3 Customer Service Mode (CSM)
PurposeWhen a customer is having problems with his TV-set, he can call his dealer. The service technician can than ask the customer to activate the CSM, in order to identify the status of the set. Now, the service technician can judge the severness of the complaint. In a lot of cases he can advise the customer how to solve the problem, or he can decide if it is necessary to visit the customer.The CSM is a read only mode, therefore modifications in this mode are not possible.
How to enterThe CSM will be turned on after pressing the MUTE key on the remote control transmitter and any of the control buttons on the TV for at least 4 seconds simultaneously. This activation only works if there is no menu on the screen. After switching ON the Customer Service Mode, the following screen will appear:
Figure 5-5
1. Software identification of the main micro controller (see paragraph 5.2.2 for an explanation).
2. Error code buffer (see paragraph 5.5 for more details). Displays the last seven errors of the error code buffer.
3. In this line, the Option Bytes (OB) are visible. Each Option Byte is displayed as a decimal number between 0 and 255. The set may not work correctly when an incorrect option code is set. See chapter 8.3.1 for more information on the option settings.
4. Indicates which color and sound system is installed for the selected pre-set.
5. Indicates if the set is not receiving an ‘IDENT’ signal on the selected source. It will display ‘Not Tuned’.
6. Indicates if the sleep timer is enabled.7. Indicates if the V-chip feature is enabled.8. Value indicates parameter levels at CSM entry. CO=
CONTRAST, CL= COLOR, BR= BRIGHTNESS, HU= HUE, SH= SHARPNESS
9. Value indicates parameter levels at CSM entry. VL= VOLUME LEVEL, BL= BALANCE LEVEL, AVL= AUTO VOLUME LEVEL LIMITER, DV= DELTA VOLUME
10. Value indicates parameter levels at CSM entry (only for stereo sets). TR= TREBLE, BS= BASS
How to exitUse one of the following methods:• After you press ‘any’ key of the remote control transmitter
with exception of the CHANNEL and VOLUME keys. • After you switch-off the TV set with the AC power switch.
5.3 Problems and Solving Tips (Related to CSM)
5.3.1 Picture Problems
Note: Below described problems are all related to the TV settings. The procedures to change the value (or status) of the different settings are described.
No colours / noise in pictureCheck CSM line 4. Wrong colour system installed. To change the setting:1. Press the MENU button on the remote control.2. Select the INSTALL sub menu.3. Select the MANUAL STORE sub menu.4. Select and change the SYSTEM setting until picture and
sound are correct.5. Select the STORE menu item.
Colours not correct / unstable pictureCheck CSM line 4. Wrong colour system installed. To change the setting:1. Press the MENU button on the remote control.2. Select the INSTALL sub menu.3. Select the MANUAL STORE sub menu.4. Select and change the SYSTEM setting until picture and
sound are correct.5. Select the STORE menu item.
TV switches ‘off’ (or ‘on’) or changes the channel without any user action(Sleep)timer switched the set ‘off’ or changed channel. To change the setting:1. Press the MENU button on the remote control.2. Select the FEATURES sub menu.3. Select the TIMER sub menu.4. Select and change the SLEEP or TIME setting.
Picture too dark or too brightIncrease / decrease the BRIGHTNESS and / or the CONTRAST value when:• The picture improves after you have pressed the ‘Smart
Picture’ button on the remote control. • The picture improves after you have switched on the
Customer Service ModeThe new ‘Personal’ preference value is automatically stored.
White line around picture elements and textDecrease the SHARPNESS value when:• The picture improves after you have pressed the ‘Smart
Picture’ button on the remote control. • The picture improves after you have switched on the
Customer Service ModeThe new ‘Personal’ preference value is automatically stored.
Snowy pictureCheck CSM line 5. If this line indicates ‘Not Tuned’, check the following:• No or bad antenna signal. Connect a proper antenna
signal.• Antenna not connected. Connect the antenna.• No channel / pre-set is stored at this program number.
Go to the INSTALL menu and store a proper channel at this program number.
1 A A A B C D X . Y C S M2 C O D E S X X X X X X X X X X3 O P X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X4 D E T E C T E D S Y S T E M D E T E C T E D S O U N D5 N O T T U N E D S K I P P E D6 T I M E R78 C O X X C L X X B R X X H U X X S H X X 9 V L X X B L X X A V L D V X X10 T R X X B S X X
CL 16532008_046.eps220501
Service Modes, Error Codes and Fault Finding GB 23L01.2A 5.
• The tuner is faulty (in this case the CODES line will contain error number 10). Check the tuner and replace / repair if necessary.
Snowy picture and/or unstable picture• A scrambled or decoded signal is received.
Black and white pictureIncrease the COLOR value when:• The picture improves after you have pressed the ‘Smart
Picture’ button on the remote control. • The picture improves after you have switched on the
Customer Service ModeThe new ‘Personal’ preference value is automatically stored.
Menu text not sharp enoughDecrease the CONTRAST value when:• The picture improves after you have pressed the ‘Smart
Picture’ button on the remote control. • The picture improves after you have switched on the
Customer Service ModeThe new ‘Personal’ preference value is automatically stored.
5.3.2 Sound Problems
No sound or sound too loud (after channel change / switching on)Increase / decrease the VOLUME level when the volume is OK after you switched on the CSM. The new ‘Personal’ preference value is automatically stored.
5.4 ComPair
5.4.1 Introduction
ComPair (Computer Aided Repair) is a service tool for Philips Consumer Electronics products. ComPair is a further development on the European DST (service remote control), which allows faster and more accurate diagnostics. ComPair has three big advantages:• ComPair helps you to quickly get an understanding on
how to repair the chassis in a short time by guiding you systematically through the repair procedures.
• ComPair allows very detailed diagnostics (on I2C level) and is therefore capable of accurately indicating problem areas. You do not have to know anything about I2C commands yourself because ComPair takes care of this.
• ComPair speeds up the repair time since it can automatically communicate with the chassis (when the microprocessor is working) and all repair information is directly available. When ComPair is installed together with the SearchMan electronic manual of the defective chassis, schematics and PWBs are only a mouse click away.
5.4.2 Specifications
ComPair consists of a Windows based faultfinding program and an interface box between PC and the (defective) product. The ComPair interface box is connected to the PC via a serial or RS232 cable. In case of the L01 chassis, the ComPair interface box and the TV communicate via a bi-directional service cable via the service connector (located on the Main panel, see also figure 8-1 suffix D). The ComPair faultfinding program is able to determine the problem of the defective television. ComPair can gather diagnostic information in two ways:• Automatic (by communication with the television):
ComPair can automatically read out the contents of the entire error buffer. Diagnosis is done on I2C level.
ComPair can access the I2C bus of the television. ComPair can send and receive I2C commands to the micro controller of the television. In this way, it is possible for ComPair to communicate (read and write) to devices on the I2C busses of the TV-set.
• Manually (by asking questions to you): Automatic diagnosis is only possible if the micro controller of the television is working correctly and only to a certain extend. When this is not the case, ComPair will guide you through the faultfinding tree by asking you questions (e.g. Does the screen gives a picture? Click on the correct answer: YES / NO) and showing you examples (e.g. Measure test-point I7 and click on the correct oscillogram you see on the oscilloscope). You can answer by clicking on a link (e.g. text or a waveform picture) that will bring you to the next step in the faultfinding process.
By a combination of automatic diagnostics and an interactive question / answer procedure, ComPair will enable you to find most problems in a fast and effective way. Beside fault finding, ComPair provides some additional features like:• Up- or downloading of pre-sets.• Managing of pre-set lists.• Emulation of the (European) Dealer Service Tool (DST).• If both ComPair and SearchMan (Electronic Service
Manual) are installed, all the schematics and the PWBs of the set are available by clicking on the appropriate hyperlink. Example: Measure the DC-voltage on capacitor C2568 (Schematic/Panel) at the Monocarrier.Click on the ‘Panel’ hyperlink to automatically show the PWB with a highlighted capacitor C2568. Click on the ‘Schematic’ hyperlink to automatically show the position of the highlighted capacitor.
5.4.3 How to Connect
1. First install the ComPair Browser software (see the Quick Reference Card for installation instructions).
2. Connect the RS232 interface cable between a free serial (COM) port of your PC and the PC connector (marked with ‘PC’) of the ComPair interface.
3. Connect the AC power adapter to the supply connector (marked with ‘POWER 9V DC’) on the ComPair interface.
4. Switch the ComPair interface OFF.5. Switch the television set OFF (remove the AC power).6. Connect the ComPair interface cable between the
connector on the rear side of the ComPair interface (marked with ‘I2C’) and the ComPair connector on the mono carrier (see figure 8-1 suffix D).
7. Plug the AC power adapter in the AC power outlet and switch on the interface. The green and red LEDs light up together. The red LED extinguishes after approx. 1 second while the green LED remains lit.
8. Start the ComPair program and read the ‘introduction’ chapter.
Figure 5-6
86532027_003.EPS050898
PC VCR I2CPower9V DC
Service Modes, Error Codes and Fault FindingGB 24 L01.2A5.
5.4.4 How to Order
ComPair order codes:• Starter kit ComPair + SearchMan software + ComPair
interface (excluding transformer): 4822 727 21629• ComPair interface (excluding transformer): 4822 727
21631• Starter kit ComPair software (registration version): 4822
727 21634• Starter kit SearchMan software: 4822 727 21635• ComPair CD (update): 4822 727 21637• SearchMan CD (update): 4822 727 21638• ComPair interface cable: 3122 785 90004
5.5 Error Buffer
The error code buffer contains all detected errors since the last time the buffer was erased. The buffer is written from left to right. When an error occurs that is not yet in the error code buffer, it is written at the left side and all other errors shift one position to the right.
5.5.1 How to Read the Error Buffer
Use one of the following methods:• On screen via the SAM (only if you have a picture).
Examples:– ERROR: 0 0 0 0 0 : No errors detected– ERROR: 6 0 0 0 0 : Error code 6 is the last and only
detected error
– ERROR: 9 6 0 0 0 : Error code 6 was first detected and error code 9 is the last detected (newest) error
• Via the blinking LED procedure (when you have no picture). See next paragraph.
• Via ComPair.
5.5.2 How to Clear the Error Buffer
The error code buffer is cleared in the following cases:• By activation of the CLEAR command in the SAM menu:• When you exit SDM / SAM with the STANDBY command
on the remote control (when leaving SDM / SAM, by disconnecting the set from AC power, the error buffer is not reset).
• When you transmit the command DIAGNOSE-99-OK with ComPair.
• If the content of the error buffer has not changed for 50 hours, it resets automatically.
5.5.3 Error Codes
In case of non-intermittent faults, clear the error buffer before you begin the repair. These to ensure that old error codes are no longer present. If possible, check the entire contents of the error buffer. In some situations, an error code is only the result of another error code and not the actual cause (e.g., a fault in the protection detection circuitry can also lead to a protection).
Figure 5-7
12232453614789:1
1;;<; 6=>?@= 1;;<;4A=B@;?CD?<E 6=FG4?D=H 6?IJ;IH
K
L !"
# $ !"!%!!&! M
'()&*'(*&" + !)%+4:;%&+ &
N <
O =>&'(*)& =>?@BFG !)&% !)% * %%
P '(*:: >H&+&;)+ !""!"!)" !%
Q ?@B4< J ?@B4< !""&& !
R !& >K FK 4 !*"%!*"!% )%
S O Q !""&"&"&""
T =B") +=?@BFG !"&%%&"&" !
LK '4 '4 ?@BFG %"""!)
LL '(%"!) RU4 !&&"JRW<B' R%R
LM =* >?>?@BFG !)"& >
CL 16532008_047.pdf
210501
Service Modes, Error Codes and Fault Finding GB 25L01.2A 5.
5.6 The Blinking LED Procedure
Via this procedure, you can make the contents of the error buffer visible via the front LED. This is especially useful when there is no picture. When the SDM is entered, the LED will blink the contents of the error-buffer. Error-codes 10 are shown as follows:– a long blink of 750 ms (which is an indication of the
decimal digit),– a pause of 1.5 s,– n short blinks (n = 1 - 9),– when all the error-codes are displayed, the sequence
finishes with a LED blink of 3 s,– the sequence starts again. Example of error buffer: 12 9 6 0 0 After entering SDM: – 1 long blink of 750 ms followed by a pause of 1.5 s,– 2 short blinks followed by a pause of 3 s,– 9 short blinks followed by a pause of 3 s,– 6 short blinks followed by a pause of 3 s,– 1 long blink of 3 s to finish the sequence,– the sequence starts again.
5.7 Protections
If a fault situation is detected an error code will be generated and if necessary, the set will be put in the protection mode. Blinking of the red LED at a frequency of 3 Hz indicates the protection mode. In some error cases, the microprocessor does not put the set in the protection mode. The error codes of the error buffer can be read via the service menu (SAM), the blinking LED procedure or via ComPair. The DST diagnose functionality will force the set into the Service-standby, which is similar to the usual standby mode, however the microprocessor has to remain in normal operation completely. To get a quick diagnosis the chassis has three service modes implemented:• The Customer Service Mode (CSM).• The Service Default Mode (SDM). Start-up of the set in a
predefined way.• The Service Alignment Mode (SAM). Adjustment of the
set via a menu and with the help of test patterns. See for a detailed description Chapter 9 paragraphs Deflection and Power Supply.
5.8 Repair Tips
Below some failure symptoms are given, followed by a repair tip.• Set is dead and makes hiccuping sound ‘MainSupply’
is available. Hiccuping stops when de-soldering L5561, meaning that problem is in the ‘MainSupply’ line. No output voltages at LOT, no horizontal deflection. Reason: line transistor TS7460 is defective.
• Set is dead, and makes no sound Check power supply IC7520. Result: voltage at pins 1, 3, 4, 5 and 6 are about 180 V and pin 8 is 0 V. The reason why the voltage on these pins is so high is because the output driver (pin 6) has an open load. That is why MOSFET TS7521 is not able to switch. Reason: feedback resistor 3523 is defective. Caution: be careful measuring on the gate of TS7521; circuitry is very high ohmic and can easily be damaged! (first connect measuring equipment to ground, then to the gate).
• Set is in hiccup mode and shuts down after 8 s. Blinking LED (set in SDM mode) indicates error 5. As it is unlikely that P ‘POR’ and ‘+8V protection’ happen at
the same time, measure the ‘+8V’. If this voltage is missing, check transistor TS7480.
• Set is non-stop in hiccup mode Set is in over current mode; check the secondary sensing (opto coupler 7515) and the ‘MainSupply’ voltage. Signal ‘Stdby_con’ must be logic low under normal operation conditions and goes to high (3.3 V) under standby and fault conditions.
• Set turns on, but without picture and sound The screen shows snow, but OSD and other menus are okay. Blinking LED procedure indicates error 11, so problem is expected in the tuner (pos. 1000). Check presence of supply voltages. As ‘Vlotaux+5V’ at pin 5 and 7 are okay, ‘VT_supply’ at pin 9 is missing. Conclusion: resistor 3460 is defective.
• Set turns on, but with a half screen at the bottom. Sound is okay Blinking LED (set in SDM mode) indicates error 3. Check ‘Vlotaux+13V’ and ‘+50V’. If they are okay, problem is expected in the vertical amplifier IC7471. Measure with a scope the waveform on pin 17 of the UOC. Measure also at pin 1 of IC7471. If here the signal is missing, a defective resistor R3244 causes the problem.
Service Modes, Error Codes and Fault FindingGB 26 L01.2A5.
Personal Notes:
Alignments GB 53L01.2A 8.
8. AlignmentsIndex:1. General Alignment Conditions2. Hardware Alignments3. Software Alignments and SettingsNote: • The Service Default Mode (SDM) and Service Alignment
Mode (SAM) are described in chapter 5. • Menu navigation is done with the 'CURSOR UP, DOWN,
LEFT or RIGHT' keys of the remote control transmitter.• Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation, due
to different set executions or software versions.
8.1 General Alignment Conditions
Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditions:• AC voltage and frequency: according to country’s
standard.• Connect the set to the AC power via an isolation
transformer.• Allow the set to warm up for approximately 20 minutes.• Measure the voltages and waveforms in relation to
chassis ground (with the exception of the voltages on the primary side of the power supply). Never use the cooling fins / plates as ground.
• Test probe: Ri > 10 M; Ci < 2.5 pF.• Use an isolated trimmer / screwdriver to perform the
alignments.
8.2 Hardware Alignments
Figure 8-1
8.2.1 Vg2 Adjustment
1. Activate the SAM.2. Go to the WHITE TONE sub menu.
3. Set the values of NORMAL RED, GREEN and BLUE to 40.
4. Go, via the MENU key, to the normal user menu and set – CONTRAST to zero.– BRIGHTNESS to minimum (OSD just visible in a
dark room).5. Return to the SAM via the MENU key.6. Connect the RF output of a pattern generator to the
antenna input. Test pattern is a 'black' picture (blank screen on CRT without any OSD info).
7. Set the channel of the oscilloscope to 50 V/div and the time base to 0.2 ms (external triggering on the vertical pulse).
8. Ground the scope at the CRT panel and connect a 10:1 probe to one of the cathodes of the picture tube socket (see diagram B).
9. Measure the cut off pulse during first full line after the frame blanking (see Fig. 8-2). You will see two pulses, one being the cut off pulse and the other being the white drive pulse. Choose the one with the lowest value, this is the cut off pulse.
10. Select the cathode with the highest VDC value for the alignment. Adjust the Vcutoff of this gun with the SCREEN potentiometer (see Fig. 8-1) on the LOT to the correct value (see table below).
11. Restore BRIGHTNESS and CONTRAST to normal (= 31).
Figure 8-2
Figure 8-3
8.2.2 Focusing
1. Tune the set to a circle or crosshatch test pattern (use an external video pattern generator).
2. Choose picture mode NATURAL (or MOVIES) with the ‘SMART PICTURE’ button on the remote control transmitter.
3. Adjust the FOCUS potentiometer (see Fig. 8-1) until the vertical lines at 2/3 from east and west, at the height of the centreline, are of minimum width without visible haze.
8.3 Software Alignments and Settings
Enter the Service Alignment Mode (see chapter 5). The SAM menu will now appear on the screen.
02310212C
16532016_003.eps120401
A
D
B
5445
LOT
FocusScreen
VG2
5520
2403
0217
ComPair
1004
10021000 (T
UN
ER
)
9631
9641
SD
M
0231
7602
0V Ref.CL 06532130_014.eps
131000
VCUTOFF [VDC]max.
CUT-OFF VOLTAGE
Screen size Cut-off [V]
13V, 14", 14RF, 15RF, 17", 19V, 20" 140 ± 4
21" (L01S) 150 ± 4
21" (L01L), 20RF, 21RF, 24WS,25BLD, 25HF, 28 BLD, 28WS
125 ± 4
25V, 25BLS, 25RF, 27V, 28BLS, 29",29RF, 32V, 33", 32WS, 35V
145 ± 10
CL 16532008_058.pdf
220801
AlignmentsGB 54 L01.2A8.
Select one of the following alignments:1. OPTIONS2. TUNER3. WHITE TONE4. GEOMETRY5. AUDIO
8.3.1 Options
Figure 8-4
Options are used to control the presence / absence of certain features and hardware.
How to change an Option ByteAn Option Byte represents a number of different options. Changing these bytes directly makes it possible to set all options very fast. All options are controlled via seven option bytes. Select the option byte (OB1.. OB7) with the MENU UP/DOWN keys, and enter the new value. Leaving the OPTION submenu saves changes in the Option Byte settings. Some changes will only take effect after the set has been switched OFF and ON with the AC power switch (cold start).
How to calculate the value of an Option ByteCalculate an Option Byte value (OB1 .. OB7) in the following way:1. Check the status of the single option bits (OP): are they
enabled (1) or disabled (0).2. When an option bit is enabled (1) it represents a certain
value (see first column ‘value between brackets’ in first table below). When an option bit is disabled, its value is 0.
3. The total value of an Option Byte is formed by the sum of its eight option bits. See second table below for the correct Option Bytes per typenumber.
Figure 8-5 Figure 8-6
S A M
O P 1 X X X
O P 2 X X X
O P 3 X X X
O P 4 X X X
O P 5 X X X
O P 6 X X X
O P 7 X X X
CL 16532008_048.pdf
220501
9?D^>I_`=a
39L 39M 39N 39O 39P 39Q 39R
K44444^La H>%" H>" H>&" H>" H>" H>" H>!"
L44444^Ma H>%% H>% H>&% H>% H>% H>% H>!%
M44444^Oa H>% H> H>& H> H> H> H>!
N44444^Sa H>%& H>& H>&& H>& H>& H>& H>!&
O444^LQa H>% H> H>& H> H> H> H>!
P444^NMa H>% H> H>& H> H> H> H>!
Q444^QOa H>% H> H>& H> H> H> H>!
R4^LMSa H>%! H>! H>&! H>! H>! H>! H>!!
7<DI_b c`H c`H c`H c`H c`H c`H c`H
CL 16532008_049.pdf
210501
Typenumber OB1 OB2 OB3 OB4 OB5 OB6 OB7
14PT2001/59A 0 215 65 0 194 80 9
14PT2001/59B 0 215 65 0 194 80 9
14PT2001/59C 0 215 65 0 194 80 9
14PT2001/65R 0 215 65 0 194 80 9
14PT2001/67R 0 215 65 0 194 80 9
14PT2001/71R 0 215 65 0 194 80 4
14PT2001/79R 0 215 65 0 194 80 11
14PT2011/71R 0 215 65 0 210 80 4
14PT2011/74R 0 215 65 0 210 80 9
14PT2012/59A 0 247 65 0 210 80 9
14PT2012/59B 0 247 65 0 210 80 9
14PT2012/59C 0 247 65 0 210 80 9
14PT2012/65R 0 247 65 0 210 80 9
14PT2401/94R 192 215 65 0 194 80 0
14PT2411/94R 192 215 65 0 194 80 0
15PT2301/67R 160 215 65 168 246 144 44
15PT2301/71R 160 215 65 162 246 144 36
15PT2301/74R 160 215 65 168 246 144 44
15PT2302/56A 160 247 65 168 246 144 44
15PT2302/57R 160 247 65 168 246 144 44
15PT2302/65R 160 247 65 168 246 144 44
15PT2302/68R 160 247 65 168 246 144 44
15PT2302/69R 160 247 65 168 246 144 44
15PT2302/79R 160 247 65 168 246 144 44
15PT2441/94R 192 215 65 164 246 144 12
20PT2001/59A 0 215 65 0 194 80 9
20PT2001/59B 0 215 65 0 194 80 9
20PT2001/59C 0 215 65 0 194 80 9
20PT2001/59S 0 215 65 0 194 80 9
20PT2001/65R 0 215 65 0 194 80 9
20PT2001/67R 0 215 65 0 194 80 9
20PT2001/71R 0 215 65 0 194 80 4
20PT2001/79R 0 215 65 0 194 80 11
20PT2011/67R 160 215 65 0 210 80 41
20PT2011/71R 160 215 65 0 210 80 36
20PT2011/74R 160 215 65 0 210 80 41
20PT2012/59A 160 247 65 0 210 80 41
20PT2012/59B 160 247 65 0 210 80 41
20PT2012/59C 160 247 65 0 210 80 41
20PT2012/59S 160 247 65 0 210 80 41
20PT2012/65R 160 247 65 0 210 80 41
20PT2151/67R 160 215 65 164 242 80 44
20PT2151/71R 160 215 65 162 242 80 36
20PT2151/74R 160 215 65 164 242 80 44
20PT2152/65R 160 247 65 164 242 80 44
20PT2152/68R 160 247 65 164 242 80 44
20PT2152/69R 160 247 65 164 242 80 44
20PT2401/94R 0 215 65 0 194 80 0
20PT2411/94R 192 215 65 0 194 80 0
20PT2421/94R 160 215 65 164 210 80 32
21PT2001/59B 0 215 65 0 194 80 9
21PT2001/67R 0 215 65 0 194 80 9
21PT2001/71R 0 215 65 0 194 80 4
21PT2001/79R 0 215 65 0 194 80 11
21PT2011/67R 160 215 65 0 194 80 41
21PT2011/71R 160 215 65 0 194 80 36
21PT2011/74R 160 215 65 0 194 80 41
21PT2012/59A 0 247 65 0 194 80 9
21PT2012/59B 160 247 65 0 194 80 41
21PT2012/59C 0 247 65 0 194 80 9
21PT2012/65R 160 247 65 0 194 80 41
21PT2012/79R 160 247 65 0 194 80 43
21PT2411/94R 0 215 65 0 210 80 0
21PT2421/94R 192 215 65 164 226 80 0
21PT2425/94R 192 215 65 164 242 144 0
21PT2426/94R 192 215 65 164 242 144 0
21PT2501/93R 1 215 65 0 194 16 3
21PT2502/93R 1 215 65 0 194 16 3
21PT2521/93R 1 215 65 164 226 16 3
CL 16532008_071.pdf
220801
Alignments GB 55L01.2A 8.
Option Bit AssignmentFollowing are the option bit assignments for all L01 software clusters.• Option Byte 1 (OB1)
– OP10: CHINA– OP11: VIRGIN_MODE – OP12: UK_PNP – OP13: ACI– OP14: ATS– OP15: LNA– OP16: FM_RADIO– OP17: PHILIPS_TUNER
• Option Byte 2 (OB2)– OP20: HUE– OP21: COLOR_TEMP– OP22: CONTRAST_PLUS– OP23: TILT– OP24: NOISE_REDUCTION– OP25: CHANNEL_NAMING – OP26: SMART_PICTURE– OP27: SMART_SOUND
• Option Byte 3 (OB3)– OP30: AVL– OP31: WSSB– OP32: WIDE_SCREEN – OP33: SHIFT_HEADER_SUBTITLE – OP34: CONTINUOUS_ZOOM – OP35: COMPRESS_16_9– OP36: EXPAND_4_3– OP37: EW_FUNCTION
• Option Byte 4 (OB4)– OP40: STEREO_NON_DBX– OP41: STEREO_DBX– OP42: STEREO_PB– OP43: STEREO_NICAM_2CS– OP44: DELTA_VOLUME– OP45: ULTRA_BASS– OP46: VOLUME_LIMITER– OP47: INCR_SUR
• Option Byte 5 (OB5)– OP50: PIP– OP51: HOTEL_MODE– OP52: SVHS– OP53: CVI– OP54: AV3– OP55: AV2– OP56: AV1– OP57: NTSC_PLAYBACK
• Option Byte 6 (OB6)– OP60: Reserved (value = 0)– OP61: SMART_TEXT– OP62: SMART_LOCK– OP63: VCHIP– OP64: WAKEUP_CLOCK– OP65: SMART_CLOCK– OP66: SMART_SURF– OP67: PERSONAL_ZAPPING
• Option Byte 7 (OB7)– OP70: SOUND_SYSTEM_AP_3 /
MULTI_STANDARD_EUR / SYSTEM_LT_2 – OP71: SOUND_SYSTEM_AP_2 / WEST_EU
/ SYSTEM_LT_1 – OP72: SOUND_SYSTEM_AP_1– OP73: COLOR_SYSTEM_AP– OP74: Reserved (value = 0)– OP75: Reserved (value = 0)– OP76: TIME_WIN2 – OP77: TIME_WIN1
Option bit definition• OP10: CHINA0 : Tuning is not for China set, or this
option bit is not applicable, 1 : Tuning is for China set, Default setting : 0.
• OP11: VIRGIN_MODE0 : Virgin mode is disabled or not applicable, 1 : Virgin mode is enabled. Plug and Play
menu item will be displayed to perform installation at the initial start-up of the TV when VIRGIN_MODE is set to 1. After installation is finished, this option bit will be automatically set to 0, Default setting : 0.
• OP12: UK_PNP0 : UK's default Plug and Play setting is not available or not applicable, 1 : UK's default Plug and Play setting is available. When UK_PNP and VIRGIN_MODE are set to 1 at the initial set-up, LANGUAGE = ENGLISH, COUNTRY = GREAT BRITAIN and after exiting from menu, VIRGIN_MODE will be set automatically to 0 while UK_PNP remains 1, Default setting : 0.
• OP13: ACI0 : ACI feature is disabled or not applicable, 1 : ACI feature is enabled, Default setting : 0.
• OP14: ATS0 : ATS feature is disabled or not applicable, 1 : ATS feature is enabled. When ATS is enabled, it sorts the program in an ascending order starting from program 1, Default setting : 0.
• OP15: LNA0 : Auto Picture Booster is not available or not applicable, 1 : Auto Picture Booster is available, Default setting : 0.
• OP16: FM_RADIO0 : FM radio feature is disabled or not applicable, 1 : FM radio feature is enabled, Default setting : 0.
• OP17: PHILIPS_TUNER0 : ALPS / MASCO compatible tuner is in use, 1 : Philips compatible tuner is in use, Default setting : 0.
• OP20: HUE0 : Hue/Tint Level is disabled or not applicable, 1 : Hue/Tint Level is enabled, Default setting : 0.
• OP21: COLOR_TEMP0 : Colour Temperature is disabled or not applicable, 1 : Colour Temperature is enabled, Default setting : 0.
• OP22: CONTRAST_PLUS0 : Contrast+ is disabled or not applicable, 1 : Contrast+ is enabled, Default setting : 0.
• OP23: TILT0 : Rotate Picture is disabled or not applicable, 1 : Rotate Picture is enabled, Default setting : 0.
• OP24: NOISE_REDUCTION0 : Noise Reduction (NR) is disabled or not applicable, 1 : Noise Reduction (NR) is enabled, Default setting : 0.
• OP25: CHANNEL_NAMING0 : Name FM Channel is disabled or not applicable, 1 : Name FM Channel is enabled, Default setting : 0. Note : Name FM channel can be enabled only when FM_RADIO = 1.
• OP26: SMART_PICTURE0 : Smart Picture is disabled or not applicable, 1 : Smart Picture is enabled, Default setting : 1
• OP27: SMART_SOUND0 : Smart Sound is disabled or not applicable, 1 : Smart Sound is enabled, Default setting : 1
• AP30: AVL0 : AVL is disabled or not applicable, 1 : AVL is enabled, Default setting : 0.
• OP31: WSSB0 : WSSB is disabled or not applicable, 1 : WSSB is enabled, Default setting : 0. Note : This option bit can be set to 1 only when WIDE_SCREEN = 1.
• OP32: WIDE_SCREEN0 : Software is used for 4:3 set or not applicable, 1 : Software is used for 16:9 set, Default setting : 0.
• OP33: SHIFT_HEADER_SUBTITLE0 : Shift Header / Subtitle is disabled or not applicable, 1 : Shift Header / Subtitle is enabled, Default setting : 0. Note : This option bit can be set to 1 only when WIDE_SCREEN = 1.
• OP34: CONTINUOUS_ZOOM0 : Continuous Zoom is disabled or not applicable, 1 : Continuous Zoom is enabled, Default setting : 0. Note : This option bit can be set to 1 only when WIDE_SCREEN = 1.
• OP35: COMPRESS_16_90 : COMPRESS 16:9 selection is not applicable. Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list, 1 : COMPRESS 16:9 selection is applicable. Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list, Default setting : 0.
• OP36: EXPAND_4_30 : Expand 4:3 selection is not applicable. Item should not be in the FORMAT menu list,
AlignmentsGB 56 L01.2A8.
1 : Expand 4:3 selection is applicable. Item should be in the FORMAT menu list, Default setting : 0.
• OP37: EW_FUNCTION0 : EW function is disabled. In this case, only Expand 4:3 is allowed, Compress 16:9 is not applicable. 1 : EW function is enabled. In this case, both Expand 4:3 and Compress 16:9 are applicable. Default setting : 0.
• OP40: STEREO_NON_DBX0 : For AP_NTSC, chip TDA 9853 is not present, 1 : For AP_NTSC, chip TDA 9853 is present, Default setting : 0.
• OP41: STEREO_DBX0 : For AP_NTSC, chip MSP 3445 is not present, 1 : For AP_NTSC, chip MSP 3445 is present, Default setting : 0.
• OP42: STEREO_PB0 : For AP_PAL, chip MSP3465 is not present, 1 : For AP_PAL, chip MSP3465 is present, Default setting : 0.
• OP43: STEREO_NICAM_2CS0 : For EU and AP_PAL, chip MSP 3415 is not present, 1 : For EU and AP_PAL, chip MSP 3415 is present, Default setting : 0.
• OP44: DELTA_VOLUME0 : Delta Volume Level is disabled or not applicable, 1 : Delta Volume Level is enabled, Default setting : 0.
• OP45: ULTRA_BASS0 : Ultra Bass is disabled or not applicable, 1 : Ultra Bass is enabled, Default setting : 0.
• OP46: VOLUME_LIMITER0 : Volume Limiter Level is disabled or not applicable, 1 : Volume Limiter Level is enabled, Default setting : 0.
• OP47: INCR_SUR0 : Incredible Surround feature is disabled, 1 : Incredible Surround feature is enabled, Default setting : 1
• OP50: PIP0 : PIP is disabled or not applicable, 1 : PIP is enabled, Default setting : 0.
• OP51: HOTEL_MODE0 : Hotel mode is disabled or not applicable, 1 : Hotel mode is enabled, Default setting : 0.
• OP52: SVHS0 : SVHS source is not available, 1 : SVHS source is available, Default setting : 0. Note : This option bit is not applicable for EU.
• OP53: CVI0 : CVI source is not available, 1 : CVI source is available, Default setting : 0.
• OP54: AV30 : Side/Front AV3 source is not present, 1 : Side/Front AV3 source is present, Default setting : 0.
• OP55: AV20 : AV2 source is not present, 1 : AV2 source is present, Default setting : 0. Note : For EU, when AV2=1, both EXT2 and SVHS2 should be included in the OSD loop.
• OP56: AV10 : AV1 source is not present, 1 : AV1 source is present, Default setting : 0.
• OP57: NTSC_PLAYBACK0 : NTSC playback feature is not available, 1 : NTSC playback feature is available, Default setting : 0.
• OP60: Reserved Default setting : 0.• OP61: SMART_TEXT0 : Smart Text Mode and Favourite
Page are disabled or not applicable, 1 : Smart Text Mode and Favourite Page are enabled, Default setting : 1.
• OP62: SMART_LOCK 0 : Child Lock and Lock Channel are disabled or not applicable for EU, 1 : Child Lock and Lock Channel are enabled for EU, Default setting : 1.
• OP63: VCHIP0 : VCHIP feature is disabled, 1 : VCHIP feature is enabled, Default setting : 1.
• OP64: WAKEUP_CLOCK0 : Wake up clock feature is disabled or not applicable, 1 : Wake up clock feature is enabled, Default setting : 1.
• OP65: SMART_CLOCK0 : Smart Clock Using Teletext and Smart Clock Using PBS is disabled or not applicable, 1 : Smart Clock Using Teletext and Smart Clock Using PBS is enabled. For NAFTA, menu item AUTOCHRON is present in the INSTALL submenu, Default setting : 0.
• OP66: SMART_SURF0 : Smart Surf feature is disabled or not applicable, 1 : Smart Surf feature is enabled, Default setting : 0.
• OP67: PERSONAL_ZAPPING0 : Personal Zapping feature is disabled or not applicable, 1 : Personal Zapping feature is enabled, Default setting : 0.
• OP70: MULTI_STANDARD_EUR0 : Not for Europe multi standard set, or this option bit is not applicable, 1 :
For Europe multi standard set. Default setting : 0. Note : This option bit is used to control the SYSTEM selection in Manual Store : If MULTI_STANDARD_EUR = 1 then SYSTEM = Europe, West Europe, East Europe, UK, France otherwise SYSTEM = ‘Europe, West Europe, UK for West Europe’ (WEST_EU=1) or SYSTEM = ‘Europe, West Europe, East Europe for East Europe’ (WEST_EU=0)
• OP71: WEST_EU0 : For East Europe set, or this option bit is not applicable, 1 : For West Europe set, Default setting : 0.
• OP71 and 70: SYSTEM_LT_1, SYSTEM_LT_2These two option bits are allocated for LATAM system selection. 00 : NTSC-M 01 : NTSC-M, PAL-M 10 : NTSC-M, PAL-M, PAL-N 11 : NTSC-M, PAL-M, PAL-N, PAL-BG Default setting : 00
• OP70, 71 and 72: SOUND_SYSTEM_AP_1, SOUND_SYSTEM_AP_2, SOUND_SYSTEM_AP_3These three option bits are allocated for AP_PAL sound system selection. 000 : BG 001 : BG / DK 010 : I / DK 011 : BG / I / DK 100 : BG / I / DK / M Default setting : 00
• OP73: COLOR_SYSTEM_APThis option bit is allocated for AP-PAL colour system selection. 0 : Auto, PAL 4.43, NTSC 4.43, NTSC 3.58 1 : Auto, PAL 4.43, NTSC 4.43, NTSC 3.58, SECAM Default setting : 0
• OP74: Reserved Default setting : 0.• OP75: Reserved Default setting : 0.• OP77 and 76: TIME_WIN1, TIME_WIN200 : The time
window is set to 1.2s 01 : The time window is set to 2s 10 : The time window is set to 5s 11 : not in use Default setting : 01 Note :The time-out for all digit entries depend on this setting.
8.3.2 Tuner
Note: Described alignments are only necessary when the NVM (item 7602) is replaced.
Figure 8-7
IF PLLThis adjustment is auto-aligned. Therefore, no action is required.
AFW (AFC window)Fixed value is OFF.
AGC (AGC take over point)Set the external pattern generator to a colour bar video signal and connect the RF output to aerial input. Set amplitude to 10 mV and set frequency to 475.25 MHz (PAL/SECAM) or 61.25 MHz (NTSC).Connect a DC multimeter to pin 1 of the tuner (item 1000 on the main panel).
S A M
I F P L L X X X
A F W
A G C X X X
Y D X X X
C L X X X
A F A O N / O F F
A F B O N / O F F
CL 16532008_050.pdf
220501
X X X
Alignments GB 57L01.2A 8.
1. Activate the SAM. 2. Go to the TUNER sub menu.3. Select AFW with the UP/DOWN cursor keys and set to
ON.4. Select AGC with the UP/DOWN cursor keys.5. Adjust the AGC-value (default value is 28) with the LEFT/
RIGHT cursor keys until the voltage at pin 1 of the tuner lies between 3.8 and 2.3 V.
6. Select AFW with the UP/DOWN cursor keys and set to OFF.
7. Switch the set to STANDBY.
YD (Y-delay)Always set to 8.
CL (cathode drive level)Always set to 7.
AFARead only bit, for monitoring purpose only.
AFBRead only bit, for monitoring purpose only.
8.3.3 White Tone
Figure 8-8
In the WHITE TONE sub menu, the values of the black cut off level can be adjusted. Normally, no alignment is needed for the WHITE TONE. You can use the given default values.The colour temperature mode (NORMAL, COOL and WARM) and the colour (R, G, and B) can be selected with the UP/DOWN RIGHT/LEFT cursor keys. The value can be changed with the LEFT/RIGHT cursor keys. First, select the values for the NORMAL colour temperature. Then select the values for the COOL and WARM mode. After alignment, switch the set to standby, in order to store the alignments. Default settings:1. NORMAL (colour temperature = 11500 K):
– NORMAL R = 32– NORMAL G = 35– NORMAL B = 30
2. COOL (colour temperature = 14000 K):– DELTA COOL R = 0– DELTA COOL G = -5– DELTA COOL B = 5
3. WARM (colour temperature = 8200 K):– DELTA WARM R = 8
– DELTA WARM G = -3– DELTA WARM B = 2
8.3.4 Geometry
The geometry alignments menu contains several items to align the set, in order to obtain correct picture geometry.
Figure 8-9
Connect an external video pattern generator to the aerial input of the TV-set and input a crosshatch test pattern. Set the generator amplitude to at least 1 mV and set frequency to 475.25 MHz (PAL/SECAM) or 61.25 MHz (NTSC).1. Set 'Smart Picture' to NATURAL (or MOVIES).2. Activate the SAM menu (see chapter 5). 3. Go to the GEOMETRY sub menu. 4. Choose HORIZONTAL or VERTICAL alignmentNow you can perform the following alignments:
Horizontal:• Horizontal Parallelogram (HP) Align straight vertical
lines in the top and the bottom; vertical rotation around the centre.
• Horizontal Bow (HB) Align straight horizontal lines in the top and the bottom; horizontal rotation around the centre.
• Horizontal Shift (HSH) Align the horizontal centre of the picture to the horizontal centre of the CRT.
S A M
N O R M A L > (1)
C O O L > (2)
W A R M > (3)
(1) N O R M A L R E D X X
N O R M A L G R E E N X X
N O R M A L B L U E X X
(2) D C O O L R E D X X
D C O O L G R E E N X X
D C O O L B L U E X X
(3) D W A R M R E D X X
D W A R M G R E E N X X
D W A R M B L U E X X
CL 16532008_051.pdf
220501
CL 16532044_022.eps140501
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
VERT. SLOPE
VERT. SHIFT
VERT. AMPLITUDE
V.S-CORRECTION
HOR. SHIFT
HOR. AMPLITUDE
E/W PARABOLE
UPPER E/W CORNER
LOWER E/W CORNER
E/W TRAPEZIUM
HOR. PARALLELOGRAM
HOR. BOW
AlignmentsGB 58 L01.2A8.
See also Figure 8-9 numbers 11, 12 and 5.
Figure 8-10
Vertical:• Vertical slope (VSL) Align the vertical centre of the
picture to the vertical centre of the CRT. This is the first of the vertical alignments to perform. For an easy alignment, set SBL to ON.
• Vertical Amplitude (VAM) Align the vertical amplitude so that the complete test pattern is visible.
• Vertical S-Correction (VSC) Align the vertical linearity, meaning that vertical intervals of a grid pattern must be equal over the entire screen height.
• Vertical Shift (VSH) Align the vertical centring so that the test pattern is located vertically in the middle. Repeat the 'vertical amplitude' alignment if necessary.
• Service blanking (SBL) Switch the blanking of the lower half of the screen ON or OFF (to be used in combination with the vertical slope alignment).
• H60 Align straight horizontal lines if NTSC input (60 Hz) is used i.s.o. PAL (50 Hz).
• V60 Align straight vertical lines if NTSC input (60 Hz) is used i.s.o. PAL (50 Hz).
See also Figure 8-9 numbers 1, 3, 4 and 2.
Figure 8-11
In the table below, you will find the GEOMETRY default values for the different sets.
Figure 8-12
8.3.5 Audio
Figure 8-13
No alignments are needed for the audio sub menu. Use the given default values.
ATDefault value is 8.
AF-MDefault value is 44.
A2TDefault value is 250.
QSSOFF for mono sets, ON for stereo sets.
FMIOFF for mono sets, ON for stereo sets.
S A M
H O R I Z O N T A L >
V E R T I C A L >
H P X X
H B X X
H S H X X
CL 16532008_059.pdf
220501
S A M
H O R I Z O N T A L >
V E R T I C A L >
V S L X X
V A M X X
V S C X X
V S H X X
S B L O N / O F F
V S X X X
H 6 0 X X
V 6 0 X X
CL 16532008_060.pdf
220501
DEFAULT GEOMETRY VALUES (L01 SMALL SCREEN)
Ali
gn
men
t
Descri
pti
on
13V
14
14R
F
15R
F
17
19V
20
21
HP Hor. Parallelogram 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31
HB Hor. Bow 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31
HSH Hor. Shift 23 35 23 35 35 23 35 35
EWW East West Width - - - - - - - -
EWP East West Parabola - - - - - - - -
UCP Upper Corner Parabola - - - - - - - -
LCP Lower Corner Parabola - - - - - - - -
EWT East West Trapezium - - - - - - - -
VSL Vert. Slope 31 33 31 33 33 31 33 33
VAM Vert. Amplitude 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26
VSC Vert. S-correction 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23
VSH Vert. Shift 30 35 30 35 35 30 35 35
VX Vert. Zoom - - - - - - - -
H60 Hor. Shift offset (60 Hz) 0 9 0 9 9 0 9 9
V60 Vert. Shift offset (60 Hz) 0 -2 0 -2 -2 0 -2 -2
Abbreviations: V= visual, RF= Real Flat
CL 16532008_072.pdf
220801
S A M
A T X X
A F - M X X
A 2 T X X
Q S S O N / O F F
F M I O N / O F F
CL 16532008_055.pdf
220501
Circuit Description GB 59L01.2A 9.
9. Circuit DescriptionIndex:1. Introduction2. Audio Signal Processing3. Video Signal Processing4. Synchronisation5. Deflection6. Power Supply7. Control8. Abbreviations Note: • Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation, due
to different set executions.• For a good understanding of the following circuit
descriptions, please use the block diagram in chapter 6, or the electrical diagrams in chapter 7. Where necessary, you will find a separate drawing for clarification.
9.1 Introduction
The L01 (small screen) chassis is a global TV chassis for the model year 2001 and is used for TV sets with screen sizes from 14” - 21”. The standard architecture consists of a Main panel, a Picture Tube panel, a Side (or Front) I/O panel and a Front Control panel. The Main panel consists primarily of conventional components with hardly any surface mounted devices.
Figure 9-1
The functions for video processing, microprocessor (P) and teletext (TXT) decoder are combined in one IC (TDA958xH), the so-called Ultimate One Chip (UOC). This chip is (surface) mounted on the copper side of the main panel.
Figure 9-2
The L01 is divided into 2 basic systems, i.e. mono and stereo sound. While the audio processing for the mono sound is done in the audio block of the UOC, an external audio processing IC is used for stereo sets. The tuning system features 100 channels with on-screen display. The main tuning system uses a tuner, a microcomputer, and a memory IC mounted on the main panel. Also, in some type numbers, an FM radio is implemented with 40 pre-set channels.The microcomputer communicates with the memory IC, the customer keyboard, remote receiver, tuner, signal processor IC and the audio output IC via the I2C bus. The memory IC retains the settings for favourite stations, customer-preferred settings, and service/factory data. The on-screen graphics and closed caption decoding are done within the microprocessor, and then sent to the signal processor IC to be added to the main signal. The chassis uses a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) for the main voltage source. The chassis has a ‘hot’ ground reference on the primary side and a cold ground reference on the secondary side of the power supply and the rest of the chassis.
9.2 Audio Signal Processing
9.2.1 Stereo
In stereo sets, the signal goes via the SAW filter (position 1004 in case of QSS demodulation and 1003 in case of Intercarrier demodulation), to the audio demodulator part of the UOC IC7200. The stereo audio output on pin 33 (or 38 for QSS) goes, via TS7206 or (TS7201 for QSS), to the stereo decoder 7831. The switch inside the stereo decoder 7831 selects (via I2C) either the internal decoder or an external source.The NICAM + 2CS AM/FM stereo decoder is an ITT MSP34X5. The output is fed to the to the audio amplifier (AN7522 at position 7901). The volume level is controlled at this IC (pin 9) by a control line (VolumeMute) from the microprocessor. The audio signal is then sent to the speaker/headphone output panel.
Circuit DescriptionGB 60 L01.2A9.
Figure 9-3
9.2.2 Mono
In mono sets, the signal goes via the SAW filter (position 1004 in case of QSS demodulation and 1003 in case of Intercarrier demodulation), to the audio demodulator part of the UOC IC7200. The mono audio output on pin 48 goes directly, via the smart sound circuit (7941 for Bass and 7942
for Treble) and buffer (7943), to the audio amplifier (AN7523 at position 7902). The volume level is controlled at this IC (pin 9) by a ‘VolumeMute’ control line from the microprocessor. The audio signal is then sent to the speaker/headphone output panel.
Figure 9-4
TUNER
VBAT
AUDIO
12V
3.9V
3.3V
FM IFBUFFER
VIDEO SOURCESELECTION
RF ANT.
FM ANT.
EXT. AUDIOINPUT 7801
FM FMR
AUDIO SOURCE SELECTION
CONTROL
EXT. AUDIO OUT
78617831
78347835
72097210 7901
101000
0265
11
1
1 1
AGC
1200 : 1202
1819
22
23
33
47 24
25
24
38
INT_CVBS
EXT_CVBS
40
42
16 17 15 30
68
I2C
50:53 EXT RGB/YUV INPUT
56:58
7330
EHT
7460
H
EW
V+
V-
7471
7602
7200
SIF
VIF
POWERSUPPLY
CL 16532008_039.eps220501
AUDIOAMPL.
SAWFILTER
SAWFILTER
SOUNDIF
DEMOD.
AUDIO DECODINGAND
PROCESSINGSELECTION
MATR. SWITCH
VISIONIF
DEMOD.NVM
VIDEOAMPL.
HOR.DEFL.
+EW
VERT.DEFL.
µP
VIDEOPROCESSING
RGB/YUVPROCESSING
SYNCPROCESSING
SOUNDTRAP
VIDEOSWITCH
EXT. VIDEOINPUT 7802
TUNER
RF ANT.
EXT. AUDIOOUTPUT
EXT. AUDIOINPUT
7902
794179427943
101000
11
1
1 1
AGC
18
19
23
24
68
7602
AUDIO SWITCH
VOLUME MUTE7200 48
9
SIF
VIF
FM IFBUFFER
FM FMR
AVL
AUDIOAMPL.
SMARTSND
SAWFILTER
SAWFILTER
SOUNDIF
DEMOD.
VISIONIF
DEMOD.NVMµP
CL 16532008_040.eps220501
FM ANT.
0265
22
Circuit Description GB 61L01.2A 9.
9.2.3 FM radio (if present)
The FM radio uses the 10.7 MHz concept. This SIF frequency is available at pin 10 of the tuner. Via a pre-amplifier (TS7209 and TS7210), the signal is fed for demodulation to either the UOC (for mono FM radio) or by the Micronas MSP34X5 (for stereo FM radio).
9.3 Video Signal Processing
9.3.1 Introduction
The video signal-processing path consists of the following parts:• RF signal processing.• Video source selection.• Video demodulation.• Luminance/Chrominance signal processing.• RGB control.• RGB amplifierThe processing circuits listed above are all integrated in the UOC TV processor. The surrounding components are for the adaptation of the selected application. The I2C bus is for defining and controlling the signals.
9.3.2 RF Signal Processing
The incoming RF signal goes to the tuner (pos. 1000), where the IF signal is developed and amplified. The IF signals then exits the tuner from pin 11 to pass through the SAW filter (position 1002 in case of QSS demodulation and 1003 in case of Intercarrier demodulation). The shaped signal is then applied to the IF processor part of the UOC (pos. 7200). Tuner AGC (Automatic Gain Control) will reduce the tuner gain and thus the tuner output voltage when receiving strong RF signals. Adjust the AGC take-over point via the Service Alignment Mode (SAM). The tuner AGC starts working when the video-IF input reaches a certain input level and will adjust this level via the I2C bus. The tuner AGC signal goes to the tuner (pin 1) via the open collector output (pin 22) of the UOC.The IC also generates an Automatic Frequency Control (AFC) signal that goes to the tuning system via the I2C bus, to provide frequency correction when needed. The demodulated composite video signal is available at pin 38 and then buffered by transistor 7201.
9.3.3 Video Source Selection
The Composite Video Blanking Signal (CVBS) from buffer 7201 goes to the audio carrier trap filters (1200, 1201, or 1202 depending on the system used) to remove the audio signal. The signal then goes to pin 40 of IC7200. The internal input switch selects the following input signals:• Pin 40: terrestrial CVBS input• Pin 42: external AV1 CVBS input• Pin 44: external Side I/O CVBS or AV2 Luminance (Y)
input• Pin 45: external AV2 Chrominance (C) input
Figure 9-5
Once the signal source is selected, a chroma filter calibration is performed. The received colour burst sub-carrier frequency is used for this. Correspondingly, the chroma band pass filter for PAL/NTSC processing or the cloche filter for SECAM processing is switched on. The selected luminance (Y) signal is supplied to the horizontal and vertical synchronisation processing circuit and to the luminance processing circuit. In the luminance-processing block, the luminance signal goes to the chroma trap filter. This trap is switched 'on' or 'off' depending on the colour burst detection of the chroma calibration circuit.The group delay correction part can be switched between the BG and a flat group delay characteristic. This has the advantage that in multi-standard receivers no compromise has to be made for the choice of the SAW filter.
9.3.4 Video Demodulation
The colour decoder circuit detects whether the signal is a PAL, NTSC or SECAM signal. The result is made known to the auto system manager. The PAL/NTSC decoder has an internal clock generator, which is stabilised to the required frequency by using the 12 MHz clock signal from the reference oscillator of the microcontroller/teletext decoder.The base-band delay line is used to obtain a good suppression of cross colour effects.The Y signal and the delay line outputs U and V are applied to the luminance/chroma signal processing part of the TV processor.
9.3.5 Luminance/Chrominance signal Processing
The output of the YUV separator is fed to the internal YUV switch, which switches between the output of the YUV separator or the external YUV (for DVD or PIP) on pins 51-53. Pin 50 is the input for the insertion control signal called ‘FBL-1’. When this signal level becomes higher than 0.9 V (but less than 3 V), the RGB signals at pins 51, 52 and 53 are inserted into the picture by using the internal switches.Also some picture improvement features are implemented in this part:• Black stretch. This function corrects the black level of
incoming signals, which have a difference between the black level and the blanking level. The amount of extension depends upon the difference between actual black level and the darkest part of the incoming video signal level. It is detected by means of an internal capacitor.
• White stretch. This function adapts the transfer characteristic of the luminance amplifier in a non-linear
1, 12
2, 15
5, 14
FRONT AUDIO IN
AV1 AUDIO IN
AV1 AUDIO IN
7801
3, 13
7802
7901
47
30, 31
7831
CL 16532016_011.eps120401
RGB/YUVINSERT
RGB56 58
VIDEOPROC.
AUDIOAMPL.
42
7200
V-OUT
L/R OUT
UOC
P
CRTPANEL
MON. OUT
MAIN_OUT24,25
SOUNDDEC
44
C-IN 45
SY_CVBS_IN
9
70
SEL-MAIN-FRNT-RR
QSS_AM_DEM_OUT
49 10
SC2-CTRL
40
AV1_CVBS1_1
51 53RGB/YUV _IN
CVBS_FRONT_IN
0225-B
AV2 CVBS_IN
SVHS
Y_IN
C_IN
INTERNAL_CVBS_IN
41, 42
SC1-IN
47
Circuit DescriptionGB 62 L01.2A9.
way depending on the average picture content of the luminance signal. It operates in such a way that maximum stretching is obtained when signals with a low video level are received. For bright pictures, stretching is not active.
• Dynamic skin tone correction. This circuit corrects (instantaneously and locally) the hue of those colours which are located in the area in the UV plane that matches the skin tone. The correction is dependent on the luminance, saturation and distance to the preferred axis.
The YUV signal is then fed to the colour matrix circuit, which converts it to R, G and B signals. The OSD/TXT signal from the microprocessor is mixed with the main signal at this point, before being output to the CRT board (pins 56, 57 and 58).
9.3.6 RGB Control
The RGB control circuit enables the picture parameters contrast, brightness and saturation to be adjusted, by using a combination of the user menus and the remote control. Additionally automatic gain control for the RGB signals via cut-off stabilisation is achieved in this functional block to obtain an accurate biasing of the picture tube. Therefor this block inserts the cut-off point measuring pulses into the RGB signals during the vertical retrace period. The following additional controls are used:• Black current calibration loop. Because of the 2-point
black current stabilisation circuit, both the black level and the amplitude of the RGB output signals depend on the drive characteristics of the picture tube. The system checks whether the returning measuring currents meet the requirements, and adapt the output level and gain of the circuit when necessary. After stabilisation of the loop, the RGB drive signals are switched on. The 2-point black level system adapts the drive voltage for each cathode in such a way that the two measuring currents have the right value. This is done with the measurement pulses during the frame flyback. During the first frame, three pulses with a current of 8 A are generated to adjust the cut off voltage. During the second frame, three pulses with a current of 20 A are generated to adjust the ‘white drive’. This has as a consequence, that a change in the gain of the output stage will be compensated by a gain change of the RGB control circuit. Pin 55 (BLKIN) of the UOC is used as the feedback input from the CRT base panel.
• Blue stretch. This function increases the colour temperature of the bright scenes (amplitudes which exceed a value of 80% of the nominal amplitude). This effect is obtained by decreasing the small signal gain of the red and green channel signals, which exceed this 80% level.
• Beam current limiting. A beam current limiting circuit inside the UOC handles the contrast and brightness control for the RGB signals. This prevents the CRT from being overdriven, which could otherwise cause serious damage in the line output stage. The reference used for this purpose is the DC voltage on pin 54 (BLCIN) of the TV processor. Contrast and brightness reduction of the RGB output signals is therefore proportional to the voltage present on this pin. Contrast reduction starts when the voltage on pin 54 is lower than 2.8 V. Brightness reduction starts when the voltage on pin 54 is less than 1.7 V. The voltage on pin 54 is normally 3.3 V (limiter not active). During set switch-off, the black current control circuit generates a fixed beam current of 1 mA. This current ensures that the picture tube capacitance is discharged. During the switch-off period, the vertical deflection is placed in an over-scan position, so that the discharge is not visible on the screen.
9.3.7 RGB Amplifier
From outputs 56, 57 and 58 of IC7200, the RGB signals are applied to the analogue output amplifiers on the CRT panel. The R-signal is amplified by a circuit built around transistors TS7311, 7312 and 7313, which drives the picture tube cathodes. For the other two signals see the blockdiagram in chapter 6.The supply voltage for the amplifier is +160 V and is derived from the line output stage.
9.4 Synchronisation
Inside IC7200 (part D), the vertical and horizontal sync-pulses are separated. These ‘H’ and ‘V’ signals are synchronised with the incoming CVBS signal. They are then fed to the H- and V-drive circuits and to the OSD/TXT circuit for synchronisation of the On Screen Display and Teletext (or Closed Caption) information.
9.5 Deflection
9.5.1 Horizontal Drive
The horizontal drive signal is obtained from an internal VCO, which is running at twice the line frequency. This frequency is divided by two, to lock the first control loop to the incoming signal.When the IC is switched ‘on’, the ‘Hdrive’ signal is suppressed until the frequency is correct.The ‘Hdrive’ signal is available at pin 30. The ‘Hflybk’ signal is fed to pin 31 to phase lock the horizontal oscillator, so that TS7401 cannot switch ‘on’ during the flyback time. When the set is switched on, the ‘+8V’ voltage goes to pin 9 of IC7200. The horizontal drive starts up in a soft start mode. It starts with a very short TON time of the horizontal output transistor. The TOFF of the transistor is identical to the time in normal operation. The starting frequency during switch on is therefore about 2 times higher than the normal value. The ‘on’ time is slowly increased to the nominal value in 1175 ms. When the nominal value is reached, the PLL is closed in such a way that only very small phase corrections are necessary. The ‘EHTinformation’ line on pin 11 is intended to be used as a ‘X-ray’ protection. When this protection is activated (when the voltage exceeds 6 V), the horizontal drive (pin 30) is switched 'off' immediately. If the ‘H-drive’ is stopped, pin 11 will become low again. Now the horizontal drive is again switched on via the slow start procedure. The ‘EHTinformation’ line (Aquadag) is also fed back to the UOC IC7200 pin 54, to adjust the picture level in order to compensate for changes in the beam current. The filament voltage is monitored for ‘no’ or ‘excessive’ voltage. This voltage is rectified by diode 6413 and fed to the emitter of transistor TS7405. If this voltage goes above 6.8 V, TS7405 will conduct, making the ‘EHT0’ line ‘high’. This will immediately switch off the horizontal drive (pin 30) via the slow stop procedure. The horizontal drive signal exits IC7200 at pin 30 and goes to TS7401, the horizontal driver transistor. The signal is amplified and coupled to the base circuit of TS7402, the horizontal output transistor. This will drive the line output transformer (LOT) and associated circuit. The LOT provides the extra high voltage (EHT), the VG2 voltage and the focus and filament voltages for the CRT, while the line output circuit drives the horizontal deflection coil.
Circuit Description GB 63L01.2A 9.
9.5.2 Vertical Drive
A divider circuit performs the vertical synchronisation. The vertical ramp generator needs an external resistor (R3245, pin 20) and capacitor (C2244, pin 21). A differential output is available at pins 16 and 17, which are DC-coupled with the vertical output stage. To avoid damage of the picture tube when the vertical deflection fails, the ‘V_GUARD’ output is fed to the beam current limiting input. When a failure is detected, the RGB-outputs are blanked. When no vertical deflection output stage is connected, this guard circuit will also blank the output signals. These ‘V_DRIVE+’ and ‘V_DRIVE-‘ signals are applied to the input pins 7 and 1 of IC7471 (vertical deflection amplifier). These are voltage driven differential inputs. As the driver device (IC7200) delivers output currents, R3474 and R3479 convert them to voltage. The differential input voltage is compared with the voltage across measuring resistor R3471 that provides internal feedback information. The voltage across this measuring resistor is proportional to the output current, which is available at pin 5 where it drives the vertical deflection coil (connector 0222).IC7471 is supplied by +/-13 V. The vertical flyback voltage is generated at pin 3.
9.6 Power Supply
Figure 9-6
Figure 9-7
9.6.1 Introduction
The supply is a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS). The frequency of operation varies with the circuit load. This ‘Quasi-Resonant Flyback’ behaviour has some important benefits compared to a ‘hard switching’ fixed frequency Flyback converter. The efficiency can be improved up to 90%, which results in lower power consumption. Moreover the supply runs cooler and safety is enhanced.The power supply starts operating when a DC voltage goes from the rectifier bridge via T5520, R3532 to pin 8. The operating voltage for the driver circuit is also taken from the ‘hot’ side of this transformer. The switching regulator IC 7520 starts switching the FET ‘on’ and ‘off’, to control the current flow through the primary winding of transformer 5520. The energy stored in the primary winding during the ‘on’ time is delivered to the secondary windings during the ‘off’ time. The ‘MainSupply’ line is the reference voltage for the power supply. It is sampled by resistors 3543 and 3544 and fed to the input of the regulator 7540 / 6540. This regulator drives the feedback optocoupler 7515 to set the feedback control voltage on pin 3 of 7520. The power supply in the set is ‘on’ any time AC power goes to the set.
Derived VoltagesThe voltages supplied by the secondary windings of T5520 are:• ‘MainAux’ for the audio circuit (voltage depends on set
execution, see table below),• 3.3 V and 3.9 V for the microprocessor and• ‘MainSupply’ for the horizontal output (voltage depends
on set execution, see table below). Other supply voltages are provided by the LOT. It supplies +50 V (only for large screen sets), +13 V, +8 V, +5 V and a +200 V source for the video drive. The secondary voltages of the LOT are monitored by the ‘EHTinformation’ lines. These lines are fed to the video processor part of the UOC IC 7200 on pins 11 and 34. This circuit will shut ‘off’ the horizontal drive in case of over-voltage or excessive beam current.
Demag4
Ctrl
Gnd
Vcc Drain
HVS
Driver
Sense
3
2
1
5
6
7
8
VLINE
V
TEA1507
IN
CIN
VCC
CD
RSENSE
CSS
RSS
VOUT
NS
NP
NVcc
CL 16532020_074.eps120401
SUPPLYMANAGEMENT
internalsupply
UVLO start
M-level
VCC1
2
3
GND
S1
CTRL
FREQUENCYCONTROL
VOLTAGECONTROLLEDOSCILLATOR
LOGIC
LOGIC
OVER-VOLTAGE
PROTECTION
OVERPOWER
CL 16532020_073.eps060701
PROTECTION
shortwinding
softstartS2
OVER-TEMPERATUREPROTECTION
S Q
RUVLO Q
MAXIMUMON-TIME
PROTECTION
POWER-ONRESET
−1
VALLEY
TEA1507
100 mV
clamp
DRIVER
START-UPCURRENT SOURCE
0.75 V
0.5 V
5 Isense
6DRIVER
4DEM
8DRAIN
7 HVSn.c.
OCP
LEB
blank
Iss
2.5 V
burstdetect
Circuit DescriptionGB 64 L01.2A9.
Figure 9-8
Figure 9-9
DegaussingWhen the set is switched on, the degaussing relay 1515 is immediately activated as transistor 7580 is conducting. Due to the RC-time of R3580 and C2580, it will last about 3 to 4 seconds before transistor 7580 is switched off.
9.6.2 Basic IC Functionality
For a clear understanding of the Quasi-Resonant behaviour, it is possible to explain it by a simplified circuit diagram (see Figure below). In this circuit diagram, the secondary side is transferred to the primary side and the transformer is replaced by an inductance LP. CD is the total drain capacitance including the resonance capacitor CR, parasitic output capacitor COSS of the MOSFET and the winding capacitance CW of the transformer. The turns ratio of the transformer is represented by n (NP/NS).
Figure 9-10
In the Quasi-Resonant mode each period can be divided into four different time intervals, in chronological order:• Interval 1: t0 < t < t1 primary stroke At the beginning of
the first interval, the MOSFET is switched ‘on’ and energy is stored in the primary inductance (magnetisation). At the end, the MOSFET is switched ‘off’ and the second interval starts.
• Interval 2: t1 < t < t2 commutation time In the second interval, the drain voltage will rise from almost zero to VIN+n•(VOUT +VF). VF is the forward voltage drop of de diode that will be omitted from the equations from now on. The current will change its positive derivative, corresponding to VIN/LP, to a negative derivative, corresponding to -n•VOUT /LP.
• Interval 3: t2 < t < t3 secondary stroke In the third interval, the stored energy is transferred to the output, so the diode starts to conduct and the inductive current IL will decrease. In other words, the transformer will be demagnetised. When the inductive current has become zero the next interval begins.
• Interval 4: t3 < t < t00 resonance time In the fourth interval, the energy stored in the drain capacitor CD will start to resonate with the inductance LP. The voltage and current waveforms are sinusoidal waveforms. The drain voltage will drop from VIN+n•VOUT to VIN-n•VOUT.
Frequency BehaviourThe frequency in the QR-mode is determined by the power stage and is not influenced by the controller (important parameters are LP and CD). The frequency varies with the input voltage VIN and the output power POUT. If the required output power increases, more energy has to be stored in the transformer. This leads to longer magnetising tPRIM and demagnetising tSEC times, which will decrease the frequency. See the frequency versus output power characteristics below. The frequency characteristic is not only output power-, but also input voltage dependent. The higher the input voltage, the smaller tPRIM, so the higher the frequency will be.
CL 16532008_004.eps250401
Tilt&Rotation
A15
Lot
EHT
VG2
VideoSupply
Filament
Focus
A2
CRTPanel
B1/B2
MainPowerSupply
+3.9V +3.3V
DegaussingCircuit
A1
3V3 Reg.
A1
DegaussingControlCircuit
A1
EWCorrection
A2
HorizontalDeflection Vaux
+3.3V
+3.9V
Vaux
A2
FrameDeflection
A3
TunerA4
uPA7
VideoProcessing
A5
SoundProcessing
A9
A11
AudioAmplifier
+6.8V
A8
SourceSelectionSwitch
A10
Main SupplyMains ACInput
Main Aux
VlotAux +13V
VlotAux -13V
VlotAux +5V
+8V
VT_Supply
*VlotAux +50V
h<i=;4B`CC_j4><_DIJ=B4:KL
c@;==Ec?k=
l<_DIJ=EIH=
m=IBGC<?ED
lI_`= 2=HI;n
=4 >B% *+
%%+ :&OF=%:O&OO
LOopLRopMKopMLo
=4: >B
%"+ :%OF=%:%O
%&"+ %*wF!&&+
=4 >B%
%&+ )*w)RQ()RQ)&O)RQ(OzRQO
%+ :%O&OO
8__<Dq=;B
=4: >B
%"+ =%:%O
CL 16532008_063.pdf
230501
VIN
VGATE
VD
n⋅VOUT
IL
CD
COUT
D
LPCIN
0Demagneti-
zation
VGATE
VD
IL
0
Magnetization
t1 t2 t3 t00
T
t0
1 2 3 4
Valley
n⋅VOUT
VIN
CL 16532020_084.eps110401
Circuit Description GB 65L01.2A 9.
Figure 9-11
Point P1 is the minimum frequency fMIN that occurs at the specified minimum input voltage and maximum output power required by the application. Of course the minimum frequency has to be chosen above the audible limit (>20 kHz).
Start-Up SequenceWhen the rectified AC voltage VIN (via the centre tap connected to pin 8) reaches the Mains dependent operation level (Mlevel: between 60 and 100 V), the internal ‘Mlevel switch’ will be opened and the start-up current source is enabled to charge capacitor C2521 at the VCC pin as shown below. The ‘soft start’ switch is closed when the VCC reaches a level of 7 V and the ‘soft start’ capacitor CSS (C2522, between pin 5 and the sense resistor R3526), is charged to 0.5 V. Once the VCC capacitor is charged to the start-up voltage VCC-start (11 V), the IC starts driving the MOSFET. Both internal current sources are switched ‘off’ after reaching this start-up voltage. Resistor RSS (3524) will discharge the ‘soft start’ capacitor, such that the peak current will slowly increase. This to prevent ‘transformer rattle’. During start-up, the VCC capacitor will be discharged until the moment that the primary auxiliary winding takes over this voltage.
Figure 9-12
The moment that the voltage on pin 1 drops below the ‘under voltage lock out‘ level (UVLO = 9 V), the IC will stop switching and will enter a safe restart from the rectified mains voltage.
OperationThe supply can run in three different modes depending on the output power:• Quasi-Resonant mode (QR) The QR mode, described
above, is used during normal operation. This will give a high efficiency.
• Frequency Reduction mode (FR) The FR mode (also called VCO mode) is implemented to decrease the switching losses at low output loads. In this way the efficiency at low output powers is increased, which enables power consumption smaller than 3 W during stand-by. The voltage at the pin 3 (Ctrl) determines where the frequency reduction starts. An external Ctrl voltage of 1.425 V corresponds with an internal VCO level of 75 mV. This fixed VCO level is called VVCO,start . The frequency will be reduced in relation to the VCO voltage between 75 mV and 50 mV (at levels larger than 75 mV, Ctrl voltage < 1.425V, the oscillator will run on maximum frequency foscH = 175 kHz typically). At 50 mV (VVCO,max) the frequency is reduced to the minimum level of 6 kHz. Valley switching is still active in this mode.
• Minimum Frequency mode (MinF) At VCO levels below 50 mV, the minimum frequency will remain on 6 kHz, which is called the MinF mode. Because of this low frequency, it is possible to run at very low loads without having any output regulation problems.
Figure 9-13
Safe-Restart ModeThis mode is introduced to prevent the components from being destroyed during eventual system fault conditions. It is also used for the Burst mode. The Safe-Restart mode will be entered if it is triggered by one of the following functions:• Over voltage protection,• Short winding protection,• Maximum ‘on time’ protection,• VCC reaching UVLO level (fold back during overload),• Detecting a pulse for Burst mode,• Over temperature protection. When entering the Safe-Restart mode, the output driver is immediately disabled and latched. The VCC winding will not charge the VCC capacitor anymore and the VCC voltage will drop until UVLO is reached. To recharge the VCC capacitor, the internal current source (I(restart)(VCC) ) will be switched ‘on’ to initiate a new start-up sequence as described before. This Safe-Restart mode will persist until the controller detects no faults or burst triggers.
Standby The set goes to Standby in the following cases:• After pressing the ‘standby’ key on the remote control.
VIN_MAX
POUT_MIN POUT_MAXpower
switchingfrequency
fMIN
fMAX
VIN_MIN P1
P2
QR frequency characteristics at different input voltagesCL 16532020_077.eps
100401
0.5V
+
-
IL
RSENSE
ISS
VOCP
RSS
CSS
soft start
VIN
8
5
1
Mlevel
Iin(Vcc)
VSENSE
2
CVcc
VCC
Charging of VCC capacitortaken over by the winding
V(start)=11V
CVcc charged by current
VOUT
VGATE
VCC
VSENSE
IL
τ = RSS⋅CSS
≈7V
Start-up sequence
CL 16532020_078.eps110401
frequency limit
POUT_MIN P OUT_MAX
foscL = 6 kHz
foscH = 175 kHzkH MinF FR QR
power
switchingfrequency
VVCO,start
VVCO,max
Multi mode operation CL 16532020_080.eps100401
Circuit DescriptionGB 66 L01.2A9.
• When the set is in protection mode. In Standby, the power supply works in ‘burst mode’.Burst mode can be used to reduce the power consumption below 1 W at stand-by. During this mode, the controller is active (generating gate pulses) for only a short time and for a longer time inactive waiting for the next burst cycle.In the active period the energy is transferred to the secondary and stored in the buffer capacitor CSTAB in front of the linear stabiliser (see Figure below). During the inactive period, the load (e.g. microprocessor) discharges this capacitor. In this mode, the controller makes use of the Safe-Restart mode.
Figure 9-14
The system enters burst mode standby when the microprocessor activates the ‘Stdby_con’ line. When this line is pulled high, the base of Q7541 is allowed to go high. This is triggered by the current from collector Q7542. When Q7541 turns ‘on’, the opto-coupler (7515) is activated, sending a large current signal to pin 3 (Ctrl). In response to this signal, the IC stops switching and enters a ‘hiccup’ mode. This burst activation signal should be present for longer than the ‘burst blank’ period (typically 30 s): the blanking time prevents false burst triggering due to spikes.Burst mode standby operation continues until the microcontroller pulls the ‘Stdby_con’ signal low again. The base of Q7541 is unable to go high, thus cannot turn ‘on’. This will disable the burst mode. The system then enters the start-up sequence and begins normal switching behaviour. For a more detailed description of one burst cycle, three time intervals are defined:• t1: Discharge of VCC when gate drive is active During the
first interval, energy is transferred, which result in a ramp-up of the output voltage (VSTAB) in front of the stabiliser. When enough energy is stored in the capacitor, the IC will be switched ‘off’ by a current pulse generated at the secondary side. This pulse is transferred to the primary side via the opto coupler. The controller will disable the output driver (safe restart mode) when the current pulse reaches a threshold level of 16 mA into the Ctrl pin. A resistor R1 (R3519) is placed in series with the opto coupler, to limit the current going into the Ctrl pin. Meanwhile the VCC capacitor is discharged but has to stay above VUVLO .
• t2: Discharge of VCC when gate drive is inactive During the second interval, the VCC is discharged to VUVLO. The output voltage will decrease depending on the load.
• t3: Charge of VCC when gate drive is inactive The third interval starts when the UVLO is reached. The internal current source charges the VCC capacitor (also the soft start capacitor is recharged). Once the VCC capacitor is charged to the start-up voltage, the driver is activated and a new burst cycle is started.
Figure 9-15
9.6.3 Protection Events
The SMPS IC 7520 has the following protection features:
Demagnetisation senseThis feature guarantees discontinuous conduction mode operation in every situation. The oscillator will not start a new primary stroke until the secondary stroke has ended. This is to ensure that FET 7521 will not turn on until the demagnetisation of transformer 5520 is completed. The function is an additional protection feature against:• saturation of the transformer, • damage of the components during initial start-up,• an overload of the output. The demag(netisation) sense is realised by an internal circuit that guards the voltage (Vdemag) at pin 4 that is connected to VCC winding by resistor R1 (R3522). The Figure below shows the circuit and the idealised waveforms across this winding.
Figure 9-16
Over Voltage ProtectionThe Over Voltage Protection ensures that the output voltage will remain below an adjustable level. This works by sensing the auxiliary voltage via the current flowing into pin 4 (DEM) during the secondary stroke. This voltage is a well-defined replica of the output voltage. Any voltage spikes are averaged by an internal filter. If the output voltage exceeds the OVP trip level, the OVP circuit switches the power MOSFET ‘off’. Next, the controller waits until the ‘under voltage lock out‘ level (UVLO = 9 V) is reached on pin 1 (VCC). This is followed by a safe restart cycle, after which switching starts again. This process is repeated as long as the OVP condition exists. The output voltage at which the OVP function trips, is set by the demagnetisation resistor R3522.
Over Current ProtectionThe internal OCP protection circuit limits the ‘sense’ voltage on pin 5 to an internal level.
Demag4
Ctrl
Gnd
Vcc Drain
HVS
Driver
Sense
3
2
1
5
6
7
8
Burst-Mode stand-by on/offfrom microprocessor
Linearstabilizer
VSTAB VµC
CSTABCVcc
VCC
R1
Current pulsegenerator
VIN
Basic Burst mode configuration CL 16532020_081.eps100401
V(start)
V(UVLO)VCC
VSTAB
IL
Active/inactive
t1t2
t3
VµC
Soft start
Burst mode waveforms CL 16532020_082.eps100401
R1
R2D
VCC
winding
I(ovp)(demag)I(opp)(demag)
Demag4
Ctrl
Gnd
Vcc Drain
HVS
Driver
Sense
3
2
1
5
6
7
8
configuration
A
B
0V
OUTS
Vcc VN
N ⋅
INP
Vcc VN
N ⋅
Demagnetization
VGATE
VWINDING
MagnetizationVdemag
ComparatorthresholdVdemag
0.7V
0V -0.25V
Circuit Description GB 67L01.2A 9.
Over Power ProtectionDuring the primary stroke, the rectified AC input voltage is measured by sensing the current drawn from pin 4 (DEM). This current is dependent on the voltage on pin 9 of transformer 5520 and the value of R3522. The current information is used to adjust the peak drain current, which is measured via pin ISENSE.
Short Winding ProtectionIf the ‘sense’ voltage on pin 5 exceeds the short winding protection voltage (0.75 V), the converter will stop switching. Once VCC drops below the UVLO level, capacitor C2521 will be recharged and the supply will start again. This cycle will be repeated until the short circuit is removed (safe restart mode). The short winding protection will also protect in case of a secondary diode short circuit.This protection circuit is activated after the leading edge blanking time (LEB).
LEB timeThe LEB (Leading Edge Blanking) time is an internally fixed delay, preventing false triggering of the comparator due to current spikes. This delay determines the minimum ‘on’ time of the controller.
Over Temperature protectionWhen the junction temperature exceeds the thermal shutdown temperature (typ. 140º C), the IC will disable the driver. When the VCC voltage drops to UVLO, the VCC capacitor will be recharged to the V(start) level. If the temperature is still too high, the VCC voltage will drop again to the UVLO level (Safe-Restart mode). This mode will persist until the junction temperature drops 8 degrees typically below the shutdown temperature.
Mains dependent operation enabling levelTo prevent the supply from starting at a low input voltage, which could cause audible noise, a mains detection is implemented (Mlevel). This detection is provided via pin 8, that detects the minimum start-up voltage between 60 and 100 V. As previous mentioned, the controller is enabled between 60 and 100 V.An additional advantage of this function is the protection against a disconnected buffer capacitor (CIN). In this case, the supply will not be able to start-up because the VCC capacitor will not be charged to the start-up voltage.
9.7 Control
Figure 9-17
9.7.1 Introduction
The microprocessor part of the UOC, has the complete control and teletext on board. User menu, Service Default Mode, Service Alignment Mode and Customer Service Mode are generated by the P. Communication to other ICs is done via the I2C-bus.
9.7.2 I2C-Bus
The main control system, which consists of the microprocessor part of the UOC (7200), is linked to the external devices (tuner, NVM, MSP, etc) by means of the I2C-bus. An internal I2C-bus is used to control other signal processing functions, like video processing, sound IF, vision IF, synchronisation, etc.
9.7.3 User Interface
There are two control signals, called ‘KEYBOARD_protn’ and ‘IR’. Users can interact either through the Remote Control transmitter, or by activation of the appropriate keyboard buttons.The L01 uses a remote control with RC5 protocol. The incoming signal is connected to pin 67 of the UOC.The 'Top Control' keyboard, connected to UOC pin 80, can also control the set. Button recognition is done via a voltage divider. The front LED (6691) is connected to an output control line of the microprocessor (pin 5). It is activated to provide the user information about whether or not the set is working correctly (e.g., responding to the remote control or fault condition)
9.7.4 Sound Interface
There are three control signals, called ‘Volume_Mute’, ‘Treble_Buzzer_Hosp_app’ and ‘Bass_panorama’. The ‘Volume_Mute’ line controls the sound level output of the audio amplifier or to mute it in case of no video identification or from user command. This line also controls the volume level during set switch ‘on’ and ‘off’ (to prevent audio plop). The ‘Treble’ and ‘Bass’ lines are used (in mono 4:3 sets) to switch between different smart sound modes.
9.7.5 In- and Output Selection
For the control of the input and output selections, there are three lines: • STATUS1 This signal provides information to the
microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART1 AV input and output port (only for Europe). This signal is not connected in NAFTA sets.
• STATUS2 This signal provides information to the microprocessor on whether a video signal is available on the SCART2 AV input and output port (only for Europe). For sets with an SVHS input it provides the additional information if a Y/C or CVBS source is present. The presence of an external Y/C source makes this line ‘high’ while a CVBS source makes the line ‘low’.
• SEL-MAIN-FRNT-RR This is the source select control signal from the microprocessor. This control line is under user control or can be activated by the other two control lines.
9.7.6 Power Supply Control
The microprocessor part is supplied with 3.3 V and 3.9 V both derived from the ‘MainAux’ voltage via a 3V3 stabiliser (7560) and a diode.Two signals are used to control the power supply:
CL 16532016_015.eps220301
SignalProcessing
UserInterface
uP - Control
LED
PANORAMA
PANORAMA
BUZZ
BASS
TREBLE/Tilt
ITV-DATA-OUT
ITV-DATA-IN
ITV-CLOCK
RESET
VOLUME/MUTE
IR
KEYBOARD/(EW protection
STATUS 1
STATUS 2
SEL-MAIN-FRNT-RR
internal I2C Bus
Deflection16:9
ExpansionSlot
I/O
POWER_DOWN
STBY_CONPowerSupply
WRITE EnableNVM
SEL-IF-LL/M-TRAP
I2C Bus
Tuner / IF
Tilt
ITVor
Pip
Amplifier
Processing
Sound
Circuit DescriptionGB 68 L01.2A9.
• Stdby_con This signal is generated by the microprocessor when over-current takes place at the ‘MainAux’ line. This is done to enable the power supply into standby burst mode, and to enable this mode during a protection. This signal is ‘low’ under normal operation conditions and goes to ‘high’ (3.3 V) under ‘standby’ and ‘fault’ conditions.
• POWER_DOWN This signal is generated by the power supply. Under normal operating conditions this signal is ‘high’ (3.3 V). During ‘standby’ mode, this signal is a pulse train of approx. 10 Hz and a ‘high’ duration of 5 ms. It is used to give information to the UOC about the fault condition in the Audio amplifier supply circuit. This information is generated by sensing the current on the ‘MainAux’ line (using voltage drop across R3564 to trigger TS7562). This signal goes ‘low’ when the DC-current on the ‘MainAux’ line exceeds 1.6 - 2.0 A. It is also used to give an early warning to the UOC about a power failure. Then the information is used to mute the sound amplifier to prevent a switch off noise and to solve the switch-off spot.
9.7.7 Tuner IF
Pin 3 of the UOC (SEL-IF-LL’_M-TRAP), is an output pin to switch the SAW-filter to the appropriate system.• If UOC pin 3 is ‘low’, the selected system is:
– West Europe: PAL B/G, I, SECAM L/L’– East Europe: PAL B/G– Asia Pacific: NTSC M
• If UOC pin 3 is ‘high’, the selected system is:– West Europe: SECAM L’, L’-NICAM– East Europe: PAL D/K– Asia Pacific: PAL B/G, D/K, I
9.7.8 Protection Events
Several protection events are controlled by the UOC: • BC protection, to protect the picture tube from a too high
beam current. The UOC has the capability of measuring the normal back level current during the vertical flyback. So if for some reason the CRT circuit is malfunctioning (i.e. high beam current), the normal black current will be out of the 75 A range, and the UOC will trigger the power supply to shut down. However, this is a high beam-current situation, the TV screen will be bright white before the set is shut down.
• E/W protection, two protection mechanisms are built in, over-current and over-voltage. – In case of over-current due to defective parts in the
line deflection output stage, a high current will flow through resistors 3405//3406. If this current is large enough to create a voltage drop of 0.7 V across 3405//3406, transistor TS7606 (in A7 diagram) will conduct and pin 80 of the UOC will be pulled down. Thereafter, the UOC will shut down the power supply. In case of further current increase, the fused resistor 3411 is built-in for double protection.
– In case of a high voltage appearing across capacitor 2401 (dependent of the tube size), which is high enough to trigger zener diode 6401 into conduction, transistor TS7606 (in A7 diagram) will conduct and UOC is triggered to shut down the power supply.
• I2C protection, to check whether all I2C IC's are functioning.
In case one of these protections is activated, the set will go into ‘standby’. The ‘on’ and ‘standby’ LEDs are controlled via the UOC.
9.8 Abbreviation list
2CS 2 Carrier (or Channel) StereoACI Automatic Channel Installation:
algorithm that installs TV sets directly from cable network by means of a predefined TXT page
ADC Analogue to Digital ConverterAFC Automatic Frequency Control:
control signal used to tune to the correct frequency
AFT Automatic Fine TuningAGC Automatic Gain Control: algorithm
that controls the video input of the feature box
AM Amplitude ModulationAP Asia PacificAR Aspect Ratio: 4 by 3 or 16 by 9ATS Automatic Tuning SystemAV External Audio VideoAVL Automatic Volume LevelBC-PROT Beam Current ProtectionBCL Beam Current LimitationB/G Monochrome TV system. Sound
carrier distance is 5.5 MHzBLC-INFORMATION Black current informationBTSC Broadcast Television Standard
Committee. Multiplex FM stereo sound system, originating from the USA and used e.g. in LATAM and AP-NTSC countries
B-TXT Blue teletextCC Closed CaptionComPair Computer aided rePairCRT Cathode Ray Tube or picture tubeCSM Customer Service ModeCTI Colour Transient Improvement:
manipulates steepness of chroma transients
CVBS Composite Video Blanking and Synchronisation
DAC Digital to Analogue ConverterDBE Dynamic Bass Enhancement: extra
low frequency amplificationDBX Dynamic Bass ExpanderD/K Monochrome TV system. Sound
carrier distance is 6.5 MHzDFU Direction For Use: description for the
end userDNR Dynamic Noise ReductionDSP Digital Signal ProcessingDST Dealer Service Tool: special remote
control designed for dealers to enter e.g. service mode
DVD Digital Versatile DiscEEPROM Electrically Erasable and
Programmable Read Only MemoryEHT Extra High TensionEHT-INFORMATION Extra High Tension informationEU EuropeEW East West, related to horizontal
deflection of the setEXT External (source), entering the set
via SCART or CinchFBL Fast Blanking: DC signal
accompanying RGB signalsFILAMENT Filament of CRTFLASH Flash memoryFM Field MemoryFM Frequency ModulationHA Horizontal Acquisition: horizontal
sync pulse coming out of the HIP
Circuit Description GB 69L01.2A 9.
HFB Horizontal Flyback Pulse: horizontal sync pulse from large signal deflection
HP HeadphoneHue Colour phase control for NTSC (not
the same as ‘Tint’)I Monochrome TV system. Sound
carrier distance is 6.0 MHzI2C Integrated IC busIF Intermediate FrequencyIIC Integrated IC busInterlaced Scan mode where two fields are
used to form one frame. Each field contains half the number of the total amount of lines. The fields are written in “pairs”, causing line flicker.
ITV Institutional TV LATAM Latin AmericaLED Light Emitting DiodeL/L’ Monochrome TV system. Sound
carrier distance is 6.5 MHz. L’ is Band I, L is all bands except for Band I
LNA Low Noise AmplifierLS Large ScreenLS LoudspeakerLSP Large signal panelM/N Monochrome TV system. Sound
carrier distance is 4.5 MHzMSP Multi-standard Sound Processor:
ITT sound decoderMUTE Mute-LineNC Not ConnectedNICAM Near Instantaneous Compounded
Audio Multiplexing. This is a digital sound system, mainly used in Europe.
NTSC National Television Standard Committee. Colour system mainly used in North America and Japan. Colour carrier NTSC M/N = 3.579545 MHz, NTSC 4.43 = 4.433619 MHz (this is a VCR norm, it is not transmitted off-air)
NVM Non Volatile Memory: IC containing TV related data e.g. alignments
OB Option ByteOC Open CircuitOSD On Screen DisplayPAL Phase Alternating Line. Colour
system mainly used in West Europe (colour carrier = 4.433619 MHz) and South America (colour carrier PAL M = 3.575612 MHz and PAL N = 3.582056 MHz)
PCB Printed Circuit boardPIP Picture In PicturePLL Phase Locked Loop. Used for e.g.
FST tuning systems. The customer can give directly the desired frequency
POR Power-On ResetProgressive Scan Scan mode where all scan lines are
displayed in one frame at the same time, creating a double vertical resolution.
PTP Picture Tube Panel (or CRT-panel)RAM Random Access MemoryRC Remote Control handsetRC5 Remote Control system 5, signal
from the remote control receiver RGB Red Green BlueROM Read Only MemorySAM Service Alignment ModeSAP Second Audio Program
SC Sandcastle: pulse derived from sync signals
S/C Short CircuitSCAVEM Scan Velocity ModulationSCL Serial ClockSDA Serial DataSDM Service Default ModeSECAM SEequence Couleur Avec Memoire.
Colour system mainly used in France and East Europe. Colour carriers = 4.406250 MHz and 4.250000 MHz
SIF Sound Intermediate FrequencySS Small ScreenSTBY StandbySVHS Super Video Home SystemSW SoftwareTHD Total Harmonic DistortionTXT TeletextP MicroprocessorUOC Ultimate One ChipVA Vertical AcquisitionVBAT Main supply voltage for the
deflection stage (mostly 141 V)V-chip Violence ChipVCR Video Cassette RecorderWYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record:
record selection that follows main picture and sound
XTAL Quartz crystalYC Luminance (Y) and Chrominance
(C) signal
Spare Parts listGB 70 L01.2A10.
10. Spare Parts list
Mono carrier [A]
Various
0040 3139 124 25551 Cinch cover0127 4822 265 11253 Fuse holder0136 4822 492 70788 Spring fix IC0137 4822 492 70289 Spring0138 4822 492 70788 Spring fix IC0139 3122 121 24785 Spring for bracket0156 3139 131 01331 Cable 5P/480+560/2X2P0211 4822 265 20723 2P0212 4822 267 10774 2P male red0217 4822 267 10735 3P0218 2422 026 04742 Socket 3 x cinch0220 2422 025 04851 3P female0221 4822 267 10966 2P0222 2422 025 10646 2P male0223 2422 026 05186 Socket 9 x cinch0225 2422 026 04926 Socket MDIN 4P0231 2422 128 02972 Mains switch0232 4822 267 31014 Headphone socket0243 2422 025 04854 6P female0243 4822 025 04854 6P female0246 2422 025 15848 5P male1002 2422 549 44722 Filter 38.9MHz
OFWK7257M1004 2422 549 44719 Filter 38.9MHz
OFWK9362M1200 4822 242 81572 Filter 6.0MHz1500 2422 086 10914 Fuse 4A 250V1600 4822 276 13775 Switch1601 4822 276 13775 Switch1602 4822 276 13775 Switch1603 4822 276 13775 Switch1660 2422 543 01203 Crystal 12MHz1831 4822 242 10769 Crystal 18.432MHz
2003 4822 122 33177 10nF 20% 50V2004 4822 126 13751 47nF 10% 63V2005 4822 124 40248 10F 20% 63V2006 4822 124 80791 470F 20% 16V2007 4822 126 14585 100nF 10% 50V2008 4822 124 40207 100F 20% 25V2009 5322 122 32654 22nF 10% 63V2121 5322 122 32658 22pF 5% 50V2135 5322 122 32658 22pF 5% 50V2136 5322 122 32658 22pF 5% 50V2181 5322 122 32658 22pF 5% 50V2201 4822 126 14585 100nF 10% 50V2202 4822 126 14585 100nF 10% 50V2203 4822 126 14585 100nF 10% 50V2204 4822 126 14585 100nF 10% 50V2205 4822 126 14076 220nF 80/20% 25V2208 4822 126 14585 100nF 10% 50V2209 4822 124 40769 4.7F 20% 100V2210 4822 124 41407 0.47F 20% 63V2211 4822 126 13482 470nF 80/20% 16V2216 4822 124 40207 100F 20% 25V2217 5322 122 32654 22nF 10% 63V2219 4822 126 14076 220nF 80/20% 25V2221 5322 122 32654 22nF 10% 63V2230 4822 124 40769 4.7F 20% 100V2241 4822 126 13344 1.5nF 5% 63V2242 4822 126 14043 1F 20% 16V2243 4822 122 33127 2.2nF 10% 63V2244 5322 121 42386 100nF 5% 63V2245 4822 126 14076 220nF 80/20% 25V2247 4822 124 40207 100F 20% 25V2248 5322 122 32654 22nF 10% 63V2249 5322 122 32654 22nF 10% 63V2250 4822 124 22652 2.2F 20% 50V2252 5322 126 10511 1nF 5% 50V2253 5322 126 10511 1nF 5% 50V2254 5322 122 32531 100pF 5% 50V2409 4822 124 11575 47F 20% 160V2410 2020 021 91577 470F 20% 16V2411 5322 121 10472 47F /252412 2222 347 90236 33nF 10% 100V2413 4822 124 11565 10F 20% 250V2414 4822 124 81145 1000F 20% 16V2417 4822 124 81145 1000F 20% 16V2418 4822 122 33177 10nF 20% 50V2419 4822 124 22776 1F 50V2420 4822 124 21913 1F 20% 63V2421 4822 126 13751 47nF 10% 63V
2422 2020 021 91577 470F 20% 16V2423 4822 124 42127 10F 20% 100V2471 5322 121 42386 100nF 5% 63V2472 5322 121 42386 100nF 5% 63V2473 4822 124 40255 100F 20% 63V2475 5322 122 32268 470P 5% 63V2476 4822 121 42408 220nF 5% 63V2477 5322 122 32268 470P 5% 63V2500 4822 126 13589 470nF 275V2501 4822 126 14153 2.2nF 10%B 1kV2502 4822 126 14153 2.2nF 10%B 1kV2505 4822 126 14153 2.2nF 10%B 1kV2506 4822 126 14153 2.2nF 10%B 1kV2508 4822 122 50116 470pF 10% 1kV2515 4822 126 14049 1.5nF 20% 250V2516 4822 126 13867 330P 20% 250V2520 4822 126 14585 100nF 10% 50V2521 4822 124 81151 22F 50V2522 4822 126 14585 100nF 10% 50V2523 4822 126 13862 1.5nF 10% 2kV2525 5322 122 34099 470pF 10% 63V2526 5322 122 31647 1nF 10% 63V2527 5322 122 34099 470pF 10% 63V2540 4822 126 13188 15nF 5% 63V2561 4822 124 42336 47F 20% 160V2562 5322 122 32331 1nF 10% 100V2563 5322 121 42386 100nF 5% 63V2564 2020 012 93057 2200F 20% 16V2565 4822 122 50116 470pF 10% 1kV2566 4822 124 40433 47F 20% 25V2567 4822 124 40433 47F 20% 25V2568 4822 124 21913 1F 20% 63V2569 5322 122 34099 470pF 10% 63V2601 4822 126 14076 220nF 80/20% 25V2602 5322 122 32531 100pF 5% 50V2606 5322 126 10511 1nF 5% 50V2607 5322 122 32659 33pF 5% 50V2608 4822 126 14043 1F 20% 16V2609 5322 122 32659 33pF 5% 50V2611 4822 126 14043 1F 20% 16V2612 4822 126 13694 68pF 1% 63V2613 4822 126 13694 68pF 1% 63V2615 5322 126 10511 1nF 5% 50V2618 4822 126 14043 1F 20% 16V2619 4822 126 14043 1F 20% 16V2691 4822 124 40207 100F 20% 25V2801 4822 124 81151 22F 50V2802 4822 126 14076 220nF 80/20% 25V2804 2020 552 96305 4U7 20% 10V2805 2020 552 96305 4U7 20% 10V2831 5322 122 32447 1pF 5% 63V2832 5322 122 32447 1pF 5% 63V2833 4822 126 13692 47pF 1% 63V2834 5322 122 32268 470P 5% 63V2835 4822 122 33575 220pF 5% 63V2836 4822 126 13344 1.5nF 5% 63V2837 4822 124 40769 4.7F 20% 100V2838 4822 126 13692 47pF 1% 63V2839 4822 126 13692 47pF 1% 63V2840 4822 126 14585 100nF 10% 50V2841 4822 124 40248 10F 20% 63V2842 4822 126 14585 100nF 10% 50V2843 4822 124 40248 10F 20% 63V2844 4822 124 40248 10F 20% 63V2845 4822 126 14585 100nF 10% 50V2846 4822 124 40207 100F 20% 25V2849 5322 126 10511 1nF 5% 50V2850 5322 126 10511 1nF 5% 50V2851 2020 552 96305 4U7 20% 10V2852 5322 126 10511 1nF 5% 50V2853 2020 552 96305 4U7 20% 10V2854 5322 126 10511 1nF 5% 50V2855 4822 122 30045 27pF 2% 100V2856 4822 126 13486 15pF 2% 63V2857 5322 122 33538 150pF 2% 63V2860 4822 126 13695 82pF 1% 63V2894 4822 122 33575 220pF 5% 63V2895 5322 116 80853 560pF 5% 63V2897 4822 122 33172 390pF 5% 50V2898 4822 122 33177 10nF 20% 50V2902 4822 124 11767 470F 20% 25V2903 4822 124 21913 1F 20% 63V2904 4822 126 13482 470nF 80/20% 16V2905 5322 126 10511 1nF 5% 50V2906 4822 126 13482 470nF 80/20% 16V2907 5322 126 10511 1nF 5% 50V2908 4822 124 40248 10F 20% 63V2981 4822 124 40248 10F 20% 63V2982 5322 122 32268 470P 5% 63V
2983 4822 124 40248 10F 20% 63V2984 5322 122 32268 470P 5% 63V
3000 4822 116 52175 100 5% 0.5W3001 4822 116 52175 100 5% 0.5W3002 4822 051 20008 Jumper 08053003 4822 117 11139 1k5 1% 0.1W3004 4822 051 20822 8k2 5% 0.1W3005 4822 116 52175 100 5% 0.5W3006 4822 117 11449 2k2 5% 0.1W3007 4822 117 11507 6k8 1% 0.1W3008 4822 117 11449 2k2 5% 0.1W3101 4822 116 52199 68 5% 0.5W3102 4822 051 10102 1k 2% 0.25W3103 4822 116 83868 150 5% 0.5W3104 3198 021 52240 220k 5%3105 4822 116 83868 150 5% 0.5W3106 3198 021 52240 220k 5%3121 4822 116 52201 75 5% 0.5W3122 4822 116 52176 10 5% 0.5W3123 4822 116 83868 150 5% 0.5W3124 4822 117 10834 47k 1% 0.1W3125 4822 116 83868 150 5% 0.5W3126 4822 117 10834 47k 1% 0.1W3131 4822 116 83868 150 5% 0.5W3132 4822 117 10834 47k 1% 0.1W3133 4822 116 83868 150 5% 0.5W3134 4822 117 10834 47k 1% 0.1W3135 4822 116 52201 75 5% 0.5W3136 4822 116 52175 100 5% 0.5W3137 4822 116 52201 75 5% 0.5W3138 4822 116 52175 100 5% 0.5W3141 4822 050 11002 1k 1% 0.4W3181 4822 116 52201 75 5% 0.5W3182 4822 116 52175 100 5% 0.5W3183 4822 116 83868 150 5% 0.5W3184 4822 117 10834 47k 1% 0.1W3185 4822 116 83868 150 5% 0.5W3186 4822 117 10834 47k 1% 0.1W3200 4822 116 83881 390 5% 0.5W3201 4822 116 52175 100 5% 0.5W3202 4822 116 52175 100 5% 0.5W3203 4822 116 52175 100 5% 0.5W3204 4822 050 21003 10k 1% 0.6W3206 4822 117 10837 100k 1% 0.1W3207 4822 050 11002 1k 1% 0.4W3208 4822 051 20391 390 5% 0.1W3209 4822 117 11373 100 1%3212 4822 051 20471 470 5% 0.1W3217 4822 051 20334 330k 5% 0.1W3218 4822 117 11149 82k 1% 0.1W3219 4822 117 11449 2k2 5% 0.1W3220 4822 116 52175 100 5% 0.5W3222 4822 116 52175 100 5% 0.5W3226 4822 051 20561 560 5% 0.1W3229 4822 117 11454 820 1% 0.1W3230 4822 117 11504 270 1% 0.1W3231 4822 051 20561 560 5% 0.1W3235 4822 116 52175 100 5% 0.5W3241 4822 051 20223 22k 5% 0.1W3242 4822 051 20273 27k 5% 0.1W3244 4822 116 52231 820 5% 0.5W3245 4822 051 20393 39k 5% 0.1W3246 4822 117 10833 10k 1% 0.1W3247 4822 117 13579 220k 1% 0.1W3248 4822 051 20273 27k 5% 0.1W3249 4822 116 52231 820 5% 0.5W3251 4822 116 52175 100 5% 0.5W3256 4822 051 10102 1k 2% 0.25W3257 4822 051 20106 10M 5% 0.1W3258 4822 051 20334 330k 5% 0.1W3259 4822 051 20474 470k 5% 0.1W3404 4822 052 10688 68 5% 0.33W3405 4822 116 52256 2k2 5% 0.5W3406 4822 050 21003 10k 1% 0.6W3408 4822 050 11002 1k 1% 0.4W3410 4822 051 20333 33k 5% 0.1W3411 4822 052 10109 10 5% 0.33W3412 4822 050 23903 39k 1% 0.6W3413 4822 117 10833 10k 1% 0.1W3414 4822 050 21203 12k 1% 0.6W3415 4822 050 11002 1k 1% 0.4W3417 4822 050 23303 33k 1% 0.6W3418 4822 051 20333 33k 5% 0.1W3419 4822 117 11507 6k8 1% 0.1W3420 4822 051 20333 33k 5% 0.1W3421 4822 053 11688 68 5% 2W
Spare Parts list GB 71L01.2A 10.
3422 4822 117 11373 100 1%3423 4822 117 11454 820 1% 0.1W3424 4822 116 52175 100 5% 0.5W3425 4822 116 52238 12k 5% 0.5W3426 4822 051 20105 1M 5% 0.1W3427 4822 116 52238 12k 5% 0.5W3428 4822 052 11399 39 5% 0.5W3431 4822 117 12955 2k7 1% 0.1W3432 4822 116 52186 22 5% 0.5W3471 2312 915 13308 33 1%3472 2312 915 13908 39 1%3473 2312 915 12202 2k2 1%3474 4822 050 11002 1k 1% 0.4W3475 2312 915 12202 2k2 1%3476 4822 052 10158 15 5% 0.33W3477 4822 116 83872 220 5% 0.5W3478 4822 116 83872 220 5% 0.5W3479 4822 050 11002 1k 1% 0.4W3500 4822 053 21335 3M3 5% 0.5W3501 4822 053 21335 3M3 5% 0.5W3504 2120 660 90043 PTC/PTC 9 200V3506 4822 116 83872 220 5% 0.5W3507 4822 252 11215 Spark gap DSP301N-A21F3519 4822 116 83876 270 5% 0.5W3520 4822 051 20122 1k2 5% 0.1W3522 4822 051 20334 330k 5% 0.1W3524 4822 117 11148 56k 1% 0.1W3525 4822 051 10102 1k 2% 0.25W3527 4822 052 10222 2k2 5% 0.33W3528 4822 117 10833 10k 1% 0.1W3529 4822 117 10834 47k 1% 0.1W3530 4822 051 20472 4k7 5% 0.1W3531 4822 051 20008 Jumper 08053541 4822 051 20471 470 5% 0.1W3542 4822 117 11139 1k5 1% 0.1W3543 4822 050 28203 82k 1% 0.6W3544 4822 050 26802 6k8 1% 0.6W3545 4822 117 11149 82k 1% 0.1W3546 4822 051 20008 Jumper 08053547 4822 117 11342 033 5% 2W3548 4822 051 20822 8k2 5% 0.1W3549 4822 116 83883 470 5% 0.5W3552 4822 117 10833 10k 1% 0.1W3559 4822 051 10102 1k 2% 0.25W3560 4822 116 52195 47 5% 0.5W3561 4822 116 83872 220 5% 0.5W3562 4822 117 10833 10k 1% 0.1W3563 4822 051 20822 8k2 5% 0.1W3564 3198 012 21070 01 5% 2W3565 4822 053 10331 330 5% 1W3566 4822 117 11449 2k2 5% 0.1W3567 4822 117 11449 2k2 5% 0.1W3568 4822 051 20822 8k2 5% 0.1W3569 4822 051 20562 5k6 5% 0.1W3601 4822 116 52303 8k2 5% 0.5W3603 4822 116 52175 100 5% 0.5W3604 4822 116 52175 100 5% 0.5W3605 4822 051 20472 4k7 5% 0.1W3606 4822 116 52256 2k2 5% 0.5W3607 4822 116 52256 2k2 5% 0.5W3608 4822 116 52175 100 5% 0.5W3609 4822 050 11002 1k 1% 0.4W3610 4822 116 52303 8k2 5% 0.5W3611 4822 117 11373 100 1%3612 4822 116 52303 8k2 5% 0.5W3618 4822 116 83961 6k8 5%3622 4822 117 11373 100 1%3623 4822 051 20472 4k7 5% 0.1W3624 4822 116 52175 100 5% 0.5W3625 4822 116 52175 100 5% 0.5W3626 4822 051 20472 4k7 5% 0.1W3627 4822 051 20472 4k7 5% 0.1W3628 4822 117 10833 10k 1% 0.1W3630 4822 117 11449 2k2 5% 0.1W3632 4822 051 20008 Jumper 08053635 4822 116 52175 100 5% 0.5W3636 4822 117 11373 100 1%3681 4822 051 20391 390 5% 0.1W3682 4822 051 20332 3k3 5% 0.1W3683 4822 051 20391 390 5% 0.1W3684 4822 051 20561 560 5% 0.1W3685 4822 051 20561 560 5% 0.1W3686 4822 117 11139 1k5 1% 0.1W3691 4822 117 13577 330 1% 1.25W3693 4822 117 11503 220 1% 0.1W3694 4822 051 20472 4k7 5% 0.1W3801 4822 116 83872 220 5% 0.5W3802 4822 050 11002 1k 1% 0.4W3803 4822 117 10837 100k 1% 0.1W3804 4822 117 11149 82k 1% 0.1W3805 4822 051 10102 1k 2% 0.25W3806 4822 117 10837 100k 1% 0.1W3807 4822 117 11149 82k 1% 0.1W3808 4822 050 11002 1k 1% 0.4W
3831 4822 117 10834 47k 1% 0.1W3832 4822 116 52175 100 5% 0.5W3833 4822 116 52175 100 5% 0.5W3836 4822 050 11002 1k 1% 0.4W3837 4822 116 52175 100 5% 0.5W3838 4822 051 10102 1k 2% 0.25W3839 4822 116 52175 100 5% 0.5W3901 4822 051 10102 1k 2% 0.25W3902 4822 051 20332 3k3 5% 0.1W3903 4822 051 20332 3k3 5% 0.1W3904 4822 117 10833 10k 1% 0.1W3905 4822 051 20332 3k3 5% 0.1W3906 4822 117 10833 10k 1% 0.1W3907 4822 051 20822 8k2 5% 0.1W3981 4822 116 52206 120 5% 0.5W3982 4822 116 52206 120 5% 0.5W4xxx 4822 051 10008 Jumper 12064xxx 4822 051 20008 Jumper 0805
5001 4822 157 51216 5.6H5002 3198 018 18270 0.82H 10%5003 4822 157 11866 1.8H 10%5201 4822 157 11835 4.7H 5%5202 4822 157 51462 10H 10%5241 4822 157 51462 10H 10%5242 4822 157 11706 10H 5%5406 3128 138 56801 Linearity corr.5410 4822 157 71401 27H5444 2422 531 02446 Driver transf. SC10009-035445 2422 531 02475 LOT5500 2422 549 42478 Mains filter5505 4822 526 10704 Bead 100MHz5520 2422 531 02456 Supply transf.5521 4822 526 10704 Bead 100MHz5560 4822 526 10704 Bead 100MHz5561 4822 157 52392 27H5563 4822 526 10704 Bead 100MHz5602 4822 157 11867 5.6H 5%5603 4822 157 11867 5.6H 5%5604 4822 157 11867 5.6H 5%5831 4822 157 11139 6.8H 5%5832 4822 157 11139 6.8H 5%5833 4822 157 11139 6.8H 5%5835 3198 018 31290 12H 10%
6001 4822 130 34142 BZX79-B336004 4822 130 10414 BA7926201 4822 130 11397 BAS3166202 4822 130 11397 BAS3166206 4822 130 11416 PDZ6.8B6241 4822 130 11416 PDZ6.8B6401 4822 130 30842 BAV216402 4822 130 10871 SBYV27-2006404 4822 130 32896 BYD33M6405 4822 130 42488 BYD33D6406 5322 130 34331 BAV706407 4822 130 11397 BAS3166408 4822 130 11397 BAS3166409 4822 130 42488 BYD33D6410 4822 130 42488 BYD33D6413 4822 130 30621 1N41486414 4822 130 34167 BZX79-B6V26415 4822 130 11397 BAS3166417 3198 020 51090 BZX384-C106419 4822 130 34173 BZX79-B5V66420 4822 130 30862 BZX79-B9V16423 4822 130 42488 BYD33D6471 4822 130 42488 BYD33D6500 4822 130 31083 BYW556501 4822 130 31083 BYW556502 4822 130 31083 BYW556503 4822 130 31083 BYW556520 4822 130 42488 BYD33D6523 4822 130 30621 1N41486540 4822 130 34167 BZX79-B6V26541 4822 130 61219 BZX79-B106560 9322 127 32682 BYW76-RAS15/106561 9322 127 32682 BYW76-RAS15/106562 9322 164 42682 EGP20DL-51006563 4822 130 11397 BAS3166565 5322 130 34331 BAV706566 4822 130 11397 BAS3166567 4822 130 11148 UDZ4.7B6569 4822 130 11397 BAS3166570 4822 130 11378 BZX284-C6V26681 4822 130 31983 BAT856691 9322 050 99682 LED VS LTL-10224WHCR6692 9322 127 54667 IR receiver TSOP1836UH1
6831 4822 130 30621 1N41486901 4822 130 11397 BAS316
7001 4822 130 63732 MMUN22127101 4822 130 60511 BC847B7201 4822 130 60511 BC847B7204 4822 130 60373 BC856B7205 4822 130 60373 BC856B7206 5322 130 42755 BC847C7241 3198 010 44010 PDTA114ET7401 9340 547 00215 PDTC143ZTR7402 9340 563 21127 BUT11APX-12007403 4822 130 40981 BC337-257404 4822 130 44283 BC6367405 4822 130 60373 BC856B7406 4822 130 60373 BC856B7407 4822 130 41109 BD135-167408 4822 130 41109 BD135-167409 4822 130 60373 BC856B7471 4822 209 13176 TDA9302H7515 8238 274 02070 TCET1103G7520 9352 673 56112 TEA1507P/N17522 4822 130 60511 BC847B7540 4822 130 40959 BC547B7541 4822 130 11155 PDTC114ET7542 4822 130 60373 BC856B7560 4822 209 15576 LE33CZ7561 9340 547 00215 PDTC143ZT7562 4822 130 60373 BC856B7564 4822 130 60373 BC856B7602 9322 147 25682 M24C16-WBN67801 5322 209 11102 HEF4052BT7803 4822 130 60511 BC847B7804 4822 130 60511 BC847B7831 9322 160 79682 MSP3415G-PO-B87901 9322 158 65667 AN7522N
Picture tube panel [B]
Various
0244 2422 025 04851 3P0245 2422 025 04854 6P female0254 2422 500 80067 6P female
2313 4822 122 33216 270pF 5% 50V2323 4822 122 33172 390pF 5% 50V2331 4822 122 33172 390pF 5% 50V2341 4822 126 14588 2.2nF 10% 1kV2342 4822 121 70386 47nF 10% 250V2343 4822 121 70386 47nF 10% 250V
3311 4822 117 11139 1k5 1% 0.1W3312 4822 117 13577 330 1% 1.25W3313 4822 051 20109 10 5% 0.1W3314 4822 053 12183 18k 5% 3W3316 4822 052 10689 68 5% 0.33W3317 3198 013 01520 1k5 2% 0.5W3321 4822 117 11139 1k5 1% 0.1W3322 4822 117 13577 330 1% 1.25W3323 4822 051 20109 10 5% 0.1W3324 4822 053 12183 18k 5% 3W3326 4822 052 10689 68 5% 0.33W3327 3198 013 01520 1k5 2% 0.5W3331 4822 117 11139 1k5 1% 0.1W3332 4822 117 13577 330 1% 1.25W3333 4822 051 20109 10 5% 0.1W3334 4822 053 12183 18k 5% 3W3336 4822 052 10689 68 5% 0.33W3337 3198 013 01520 1k5 2% 0.5W3341 3198 013 01520 1k5 2% 0.5W3347 4822 052 10221 220 5% 0.33W3348 3198 013 01520 1k5 2% 0.5W
5341 2422 535 94213 SPT0508A5342 4822 526 10704 Bead 100MHz
6311 4822 130 30842 BAV216321 4822 130 30842 BAV21
Spare Parts listGB 72 L01.2A10.
6331 4822 130 30842 BAV216341 4822 130 30842 BAV216342 4822 130 33697 1SS1356343 4822 130 10837 UDZS8.2B6344 4822 051 20008 Jumper 0805
7311 4822 130 41782 BF4227312 4822 130 41782 BF4227313 4822 130 41646 BF4237321 4822 130 41782 BF4227322 4822 130 41782 BF4227323 4822 130 41646 BF4237331 4822 130 41782 BF4227332 4822 130 41782 BF4227333 4822 130 41646 BF423
Side AV panel [E][E1]
Various
0232 4822 267 31014 Headphone socket0250 2422 026 04742 Socket 3 x cinch
2171 4822 126 13512 330pF 10% 50V2172 5322 122 32311 470pF 10% 100V2172 4822 126 13512 330pF 10% 50V2173 5322 122 32311 470pF 10% 100V2173 4822 126 13512 330pF 10% 50V2174 5322 122 32311 470pF 10% 100V2174 4822 126 13512 330pF 10% 50V2176 4822 126 13512 330pF 10% 50V2176 5322 122 32311 470pF 10% 100V2177 4822 124 40207 100F 20% 25V2177 4822 124 40248 10F 20% 63V2178 4822 126 13512 330pF 10% 50V2178 5322 122 32311 470pF 10% 100V2179 4822 124 40207 100F 20% 25V2179 4822 124 40248 10F 20% 63V
3150 4822 050 21003 10k 1% 0.6W3150 4822 116 83884 47k 5% 0.5W3151 4822 116 52303 8k2 5% 0.5W3151 4822 116 83868 150 5% 0.5W3152 4822 050 21003 10k 1% 0.6W3152 4822 116 83884 47k 5% 0.5W3153 4822 116 52303 8k2 5% 0.5W3153 4822 116 83868 150 5% 0.5W3155 4822 116 52201 75 5% 0.5W3156 4822 116 52219 330 5% 0.5W3157 4822 116 52219 330 5% 0.5W
6161 4822 130 34278 BZX79-B6V8P
Block Diagram, Testpoints, I2C and Supply Voltage Overview 27L01.2A 6.
6. Block Diagram, Testpoints, I2C and Supply Voltage Overview
Block Diagram
POWER SUPPLY 0212
43
2
1
2
3
13
12
10
9
35
7N.C.
6
1
CL 16532052_001.eps230801
P1
V4
I1
I2
P2
P3
P5
V10I3
I4
P4
V9
C4
C5
C2
A1
C1
0265
SDA
SCL
0211
150 - 250VSINGLE RANGE
90 - 276VFULL RANGE
5201
5001
FM-RADIOTUNER
+TV TUNER
3543
5562
3001
3000
3564
2564
3213
3251
3259EHT INFOSANDCASTLE
N.C.
H FLYBK
2254
3242
3247
5604 3611
360336043625
3624
56035602
7205
2203
3211
72021202
7203
3544
3558
7560
2567
7561, 75627564
6001BZX79-C33
6520
2521
A1 SYNCHRONISATIONA6 LINE DEFLECTIONA2
FRAME DEFLECTIONA3
TUNER IFA4
SIDE AV
OR E1E FRONT I/OA12
REAR I/O CINCHA13 AUDIO/VIDEOSOURCE SWITCHING
A10
A7
A7
VIDEO IF, SOUND IFA5
A5
A5
A8 A9
A6
A2
A2
DegaussingCoil
1515
5520
7580
7520TEA1507
DRAIN
DRIVE R
SENSE
DEMAG
VCC
CONTROLIC
CTRL
ENERGIZINGCIRCUIT
AC
6503
6502
65016500
7801HEF4052BT
5500 :55020231
MAINSSWITCH
1000 6, 7 9
1
2
11
FM
VIF_1
VIF_2
SIF1
L1-IN
LF FRONT-IN
SIF2
RF_AGC
1
1
2
3
4
1500
1
11
2
2+t
+t
+t
3
T4E
2503
6564
6562
AUDIO SUPPLY GND
M_AUX
MAIN AUX
POWER DOWN
VLOTAUX
RPR3 +13V
VLOTAUX +5V
VT_SUPPLY
V A
B
C
P65560 5563 55616560
6561
95VMAIN SUPPLY2561
POWERDOWN
CIRCUIT
12V
+3.3V
+3.9V
3570
+8V
+8V
VDEFL
A7STDBY_CON
HOT GROUND COLD GROUND
7540, 6540
REFERENCECIRCUIT
7541, 7542
STANDBYCIRCUIT
7515TCET1103
3527
3525
3523
3526
7521STP7NB60FP8
6
5
3522
3531
3519
4
1
D
SG
VT
AGC5
SEL-IF-LL-M-TRAPA7A13A12
A7
A2
A5 A6
A2
A2
4
IF
FM
02533
1018
38
7206
3230
3208
7201
MONO/AM_MONO_SOUND
33
48
19
22
23
28 29
24
70017002
FILTERSELECTION
FMR QSS_AM_DEM_OUT
AUDIO CARRIERFILTERS
7200-ATDA95XX1002
1003
1004
VIDEOIF
AGC
VIDEOPLL
DEMOD.
VIDEOAMPLIFIER
SOUNDFM-DEMOD.DE-EMPH.
AUDIOSWITCH
SOUNDAMPL.+ AVL
QSSSOUNDIF + AGC
QSS MIXERAM DEMOD.
S2
L1
V5
L6
L7
L8
L5
L4
S1
11
30 H DRIVE
V DRIVE+
V DRIVE-
N.C.
HV
9
17
31
34
7200-DTDA95XX
H-DRIVE2nd LOOPH-SHIFT
TXT/OSDDISPLAY
16
H/V SYNCSEPARATOR
H-OSC+PLL
3210
SEL-IF-LL-M-TRAP
40
47
4.5MHz
12005.5MHz
12016MHz
A13
A13
A13
C-IN 45
A10 SY-CVBS-IN 44
A13
A10
A10
A10
A10
A10
CVBS1-IN 42
EW+
GEOMETRY
VIDEO IDENT
7200-CTDA95XX
I/OSWITCHING
Y-DELAY
EHT INFOPROC.
EHT INFO
R-Y
B-Y
U
V
R
G
B
R
G
B
56
57
58
55
Y
VIDEOFILTERS
RGBMATRIX
RGBINSERT
BLACKSTRETCH
WHITESTRETCH
RGBCONTROL
OSD TEXTINSERT
BLUESTRETCH
WHITE-P.ADJ
VIDEOIDENT
L
02513
V
L
R1
V
L
R
Y
U
MO
NIT
OR
OU
TP
UT
YUVINPUT
V
A5
A5
A5
02196
3
1
MONO
V
L
R
CVBS-FRONT-IN
L-FRONT-IN
R-FRONT-IN
A
B
C
STEREO
A5
A5
A7
A7A10
A10
V
L
R
V
L
AV1
AV2
R
CVBS1-IN
A5
A10
A10
L1-IN
R1-IN
A10
C-IN
L2-IN
Y-CVBS-IN
R2-IN
4
65
15
4
32
SVHS
STATUS2
10
911
SEL_MAIN_FRNT_RR
SEL_MAIN_FRNT_RR
9
A9
A7
A9
A13
SC2-CTRL 10
A12 L-FRONT-IN
SC1-LIN
SC1-R IN
SC1 L-OUT
1
A13 L1-IN 7803
7804
5
A13 L2-IN 2
A9 SC1-LOUT 4
A12 R-FRONT-IN 12
A13 R1-IN 14
3
13
A13 R2-IN 15
A9 SC1-R-OUT 11
SWITCHLOGIC
7802HEF4053BT
9
A5
CVBS-FRONT-IN5
A13 Y-CVBS-IN
SY-CVBS-IN
2
4
SWITCHLOGIC
A9
A13
A1
A4
A4 A5
A7A9
A12
AUDIO AMPLIFIERA8
HEADPHONEA12
FRONT CONTROLA12 CONTROLA77941:7943
A7BASS-PANORAMA MAIN-OUT-L
A5MONO/AM-MONO-SOUND
MONO SETS ONLY
A7TREBLE-BUZZER-HOSP-APP
+3.3V
36063607
+3.9V
+3.3V
A10
A9
A8
A7
A11
A6
3833
3834 2847
A10
A10
NICAM, 2CS BTSC DECODERA97831MSP34X5G
QSS-AM-DEM-OUT
FMR47
A5
MONO/AM-MONO-SOUND
78347835
6692TSOP1836
MAIN-OUT-L
44
A10 SC1-L IN 41
A10 SC1-R IN 42
A7 SDA 8
A7 SCL 7
25
4 SC2-CTRL
A1030 SC1-R OUT
SC1-L OUTA5
A7
MONO/AM-MONO-SOUND31
MAIN-OUT-R24
51
52
DEMODULATORNICAM, 2CS,
AM, FM
3832
ERR10
ERR7
183118M432
63
166012MHz
H
V
64
7901 AN7522N (STEREO)7902 AN7523N (MONO)
6 2 L+
L8
9VOLUME MUTE
1MAINAUX
7209, 7210
FM RADIOPRE-AMPLIFIER
0246
WITHOUTSIDE AV
+HP
A2
4 L-
A3
10 R-
A4
12 R+R
L
R
4
3
2
1
02554
3
2
1
L+
L-
R-
R+
L+
L-
R-
R+
HEADPHONEE1
L+
L-
R-
R+L+
L-
R-
R+
SERVICECOMPAIR
CONNECTION
1
2
3
02541
2
3
4
5
02461
2
3
4
5
OR
IR IR
STATUS1
STATUS2
LED+3.3V
6691
LOCALKEYBOARD
KEYBOARD-PROTN
KEYBOARD-_PROTN
7200-BTDA95XX
I/O
VSTPWM-DAC
ROMRAM
CPU
OSDTELETEXTDISPLAY
IICBUS
TRANSCEIVER
I/OPORTS
67
68 7
72
71
3
8
6
5
66 61 59
1
POWER DOWN69
LED 5
80
7602M24C08
EEPROM(NVM)
SDA
SCL
SEL-IF-LL-M-TRAP
A1070 SEL-MAIN-FRONT-RR
A16 STANDBY-CON
A878 BASS PANORAMA
A877 TREBLE-BUZZER-HOSP-APP
A873 VOLUME/MUTE
SDA
SCL
5241+8V
VLOTAUX +13V
VLOTAUX +13V
VDEF
M_AUX
R-V-IN
0243 0245
9641
9631
SDM
SDA0217
SCL
1/10PAGES
MEMORY
TELETEXT
CVBS SYNC
RGB
BLCOR
PAL/NTSCSECAM
DECODER
BASEBANDDELAY
EHT INFO
POWER-DOWN
A2
A7
A6
A1
EHT oA2
V-DRIVE+
GEOMETRY
3244S3 L2
3249S4
153250
S5
MAIN SUPPLY95V
6406BAV70
7401
HFLYBK
7402BUT11APX
3404
3431
342574037404
DRIVERSTAGE
5444
LINEOUTPUTCIRCUIT
L3
3222
3201
3202
3203
3204
3235
3221
02211
2
HOR.DEFL.COIL
02221
2
VERT.DEFL.COIL
5445
6409 3416 VIDEOSUPPLY
2
7
1
FOCUS VG2
EHT
0220
0244
3 2 1
8
5
EHT INFO
A3
A4
VGUARD
A5BLK-IN
A6
A2
EHT o
4N.C.
3
10
9
6
6410
6405
6423
VLOTAUX +5V
VLOTAUX +13V
+8V
FILAMENT
-13V
VT_SUPPLY
3411
3428 3427
2417
3421
34137406, 7409
74053412
6402
6413
2419
PROTCIRCUIT
PROTCIRCUIT
3423
74083422
7407
2410
A2BLK-IN
BLK
+8V
V-OUT
A13 G-Y-IN
A13 B-U-INFBL-1N.C.
51 52 53 50 54
7204
V6
V7
V9
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
OSD
V-OUT
SC1 L-OUT
SC1 R-OUT
G-Y-IN
B-U-IN
R-V-IN
7101 OROR
INPUTSWITCHING
ERR4
ERR7
TV
FM
N.C.
ERR9
ERR5
ERR11
ERR6
Error Description0 No error1 X-Ray / over voltage protection (USA only)2 High beam (BCI) protection3 Vertical guard protection4 I2C error while communicating with the sound processor5 Power ON reset (POR bit) 3.3V protection / +8V protection 6 General I2C error7 Power Down (over current) protection8 EW protection (Large Screen only)9 I2C error EEPROM error10 I2C error PLL tuner11 Black current loop instability protection
ERROR CODE LIST
+
-
3474
3475
3479
F1
F2
F5
7471TDA9302H
-13V
VLOT AUX +13V
3471
3471
6471 2473
7
2
4
6 3
1 OP. AMP5
VDRIVE+
VDRIVE-
F3
F4
V_GUARD
FLYBACKGENERATOR
THERMALPROTECTION
CRTB
R
G
B
3347
5341
3337
3327
3317
CRT
3350
3348
3349
25kV
3316 3326
3317
3336
V F
OC
US
EH
T
V G
2
V14
V15
+160V
+160V
V16
V12
V11
V13
7311:7313
-
7321:7323
-
7331:7333
-
BLKCURINFO FILAMENT
2422
A13SC1 R-OUT
3504
3503
7241
R
7
5
3
G
B
ERR2
ERR2
ERR3
Block Diagram, Testpoints, I2C and Supply Voltage Overview 28L01.2A 6.
Testpoint Overview
HOT GROUND
S
G
D
7521
1
7
E
B
7402
7471
C
A1 B3A2 B3A3 A3A4 A3A5 C1A6 B1A7 B1A8 C2A9 B2A10 B3A11 C2A12 B2A13 C3C1 B4C2 B4C3 B5C4 B5C5 B5C6 E1F1 D6F2 D6F3 C6F4 C6I1 A6I2 A6I3 A6I4 A6L1 C4L2 E5L3 E5L4 D5L6 C5L8 C6L9 D5P1 E3P2 E3P3 D3P4 C4P5 C4P6 D5S1 A4S2 A4S3 A5S4 A5S5 A4V1 B6V2 B6V3 B5V4 B4V5 B4V6 B4V7 B4V8 B4V9 A4V10 A4
2
3
56
7
89
5
6
7
8910
11
12
4
CL 16532008_033.eps240801
HOT GROUND
7200
FRAME
SUPPLYLINE
TV-PROC.
1 4
8 5
7520
SUPPLYCONTROL
7831
1
NICAM + 2CS + BTSC
AUDIO OUTPUT7901 OR 7902
Main Panel Copper Track Side
CRT Panel Copper Track SideA1
2V / div DC5us / div
A2
2V / div DC500us / div
A3 - A4
2V / div DC500us / div
A11
1V / div DC500us / div
C1
1V / div DC500us / div
C2
1V / div DC500us / div
F1
500mV / div DC5ms / div
F2
500mV / div DC5ms / div
F3
10V / div DC5ms / div
F4
1V / div DC5ms / div
F5
10V / div DC5ms / div
I1
2V / div DC200us / div
I2
2V / div DC200us / div
I3
20mV / div DC1ms / div
I4
500mV / div DC250ns / div
L1
500mV / div DC20us / div
L2
2V / div DC20us / div
L4 = +13VL5 = +5VL6 = +8VL7 = -13VL8 = +34VL10 = +176V
L9
2V / div DC20us / div
P1
50V / div DC20us / div
P3
5V / div DC50ms / div
S1
2V / div DC20us / div
S2
500mV / div DC20us / div
S3
500mV / div DC5ms / div
S4
500mV / div DC5ms / div
V4
100mV / div DC20us / div
V5
1V / div DC20us / div
V6
1V / div DC20us / div
V7
1V / div DC20us / div
V8
2V / div DC5ms / div
V9
500mV / div DC10us / div
V10
1V / div DC500us / div
V11
1V / div DC20us / div
V12
1V / div DC20us / div
V13
1V / div DC20us / div
V14
50V / div DC20us / div
V15
50V / div DC20us / div
V16
50V / div DC20us / div
P2 = +308V (317V)P4 = +3V3P5 = +12V4 (+3V9)P6 = +95V
C4
2V / div DC200us / div
C5
2V / div DC200us / div
A6
2V / div DC200us / div
A7
2V / div DC200us / div
Block Diagram, Testpoints, I2C and Supply Voltage Overview 29L01.2A 6.
I2C and Supply Voltage Diagram
POWER SUPPLY
A
CL 16532052_002.eps230801
C4
C5
I1 I2
P5
P6
P45602
5603
5604
4693
7901
1000
7902
7200-B
5560 5563
3564
3537
2564
5561
5562
3549
3557
3558
7560
2567
7561, 75627564
A1
CONTROLA7 TUNER IFA4
CONTROLA7
1
66
61
59
8
1
6562
6564
6560
6561
AUDIO SUPPLY GND
M_AUX
POWER DOWN
95V
MAIN SUPPLY
MAIN AUX
2561
POWERDOWN
CIRCUIT
12V
AUDIO SUPPLYGND
+3.3V
+3.3V
+3.3V (TO 3256)
+3.9V+3.9V
+3.3V
(TO 36063606,3633)
AUDIO AMPL.
SYNCHRONISATIONA6
+3.3V+3V3A
FRONT CONTROLA12
AUDIOOUTPUTSTEREO
AUDIOOUTPUTMONO
TUNER
uC
7602
EEPROM(NVM)
OR
OR
LINEOUTPUT
3611
LOT C-7332
VIDEOOUTPUTS
TO CRTFILAMENT
LINE DEFLECTIONA2 CRTB
TUNER IFA4
POWER SUPPLYA1
FRAME DEFLECTIONA3
5451
2450
MAIN SUPPLY
VIDEOSUPPLY 160V
-13V
5445
2
EHT
3487
6001BZX79-/C33
FOCUSVG2
EHTFOCUSVG2
7 3
9
67
9 FILAMENT
to 241934123413
TOC-6408B-7409
3416 0220
34116413
3336
3349
6409
6
5
8
VT_SUPPLY 33VVT_SUPPLY
3
2
1
0244
2
1
ANODE CRTFOCUS CRTVG2 CRT
3350
+8V (TO 3008)
5202
VIDEO IFA5
-13V
VLOT AUX +13V
VLOT AUX +5V
VLOT AUX +5V
VLOT AUX +5V
VLOT AUX +5V
VLOT AUX +13V
VLOT AUX
TO DEGAUSSING CIRCUITVLOT AUX +13V
CONTROLA7+8V (TO 4-0217) NOT USED
(TO 2234)VLOT AUX +5V
+5V (TO 3619)VLOT AUX
+8V (TO 7101-C)
AUDIO AMPLIFIERA8+8V (TO 3948, 3950)
+5V (TO 9921)VLOT AUX
+8VA
MAIN AUX
3427
7471
FRAMEOUTPUT
4
3
5001
SYNCHRONISATIONA6
7200-D
SYNCPROC.
5241
+8V
+8V
+8V
+8V
+8VA (TO 3248)
7200-A
VIDEOIF
9
5832
NICAM 2CS -BTSC DECODERA9
VLOT AUX +5V
REAR I/O CINCHA13
+8V
AUDIO VIDEOSOURCE SWITCHINGA10
7831
BTSCDECODER5833
+5VA
+8V+6V8
46
33
3421
3424
3423
6405
6410
7407
7408
6402
6420
3422
34286423
6419
3801
3625
7602M24C08EEPROM
(NVM)
3624
3607 3606
3604
3603
65
72
71
68 7
ERR9
ERR5
7200-BSET
PROCESSOR
PART OFVIDEO-
PROCESSOR
ERR6
1
2
3
0217
SDA
SCL
SDA
SCL
SCL
SDA
+3.9V +3.9V
1000TUNER
3001
3000
45
ERR10
SCL
SDA
A7 A8
NICAM, 2CS,BTSC DECODER
A9
7831MSP34X5G
SOUNDDECODER
3833
3832
78
ERR4
FORCOMPAIR
3404
VLOT AUX +13V
M_AUX
H-DRIVE
V DEFV DEFL.
I2C BUS INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM
39
TO E-74063415
C-73223326
C-73123316A8
64676406
Error Description0 No error1 X-Ray / over voltage protection2 High beam (BCI) protection3 Vertical guard protection4 I2C error while communicating with the sound processor5 Power ON reset (POR bit) 3.3V protection / +8V protection 6 General I2C error7 Power Good (over current) protection8 EW protection (Large Screen only)9 I2C error EEPROM error10 I2C error PLL tuner11 Black current loop instability protection
ERROR CODE LIST
5341
1
2
3 10
9
13
12
35
7
6
P1
P2
P3
0211
150 - 250VSINGLE RANGE
90 - 276VFULL RANGE
3543
A
3544
6520
2521 N.C.
5520
7520TEA1507
DRAIN
DRIVE R
SENSE
DEMAG
VCC
CONTROLIC
CTRL
AC
6503
6502
65016500
5500 :55020231
MAINSSWITCH
1
2
3
4
1500
T4E
2503
A7STDBY_CON
HOT GROUND COLD GROUND
7540, 6540
REFERENCECIRCUIT
7541, 7542
STANDBYCIRCUIT
7515TCET1103
3527
3525
3523
3526
7521STP7NB60FP8
6
5
3522
3531
3519
4
1
D
SG
30L01.2A 7.Schematics and PWB’s
7. Schematics and PWB’s
Large Signal Panel: Power Supply
V
PROTECTION
CONTROL
INPUTCONTROLCIRCUIT
BURSTDETECTOR
Drain
HVS
Sense
Demag
Driver
Vcc
Gnd
Ctrl
START-UP
CURRENT SOURCE
VALLEY
START-UP
CURRENT SOURCE
CURRENTSENSING
OUTPUTDRIVER
OVERPOWER
LOGIC
CONTROL
CIRCUIT
MAXIMUMON-TIME
PROTECTION
VOLTAGECONTRLLEDOSCILLATOR
OVERTEMPERATUREPROTECTIOM
POWER-ONRESET
SUPPLYMANAGEMENT
FREQUENCY
+t
t+
t
Rs
Rp
CN:
COLD GROUND
(13V8)
*
*
*
12V4
*
B6V
2
*
*
*
H
0211 C20212 B20213 C50231 C20251 E110282 F120302 D101500 C31515 A82500 C42501 B52502 C52503 C72504 C72505 B32506 C72507 C72508 C82515 C82516 B8
8V3
OF
"$"
**
*
*
*
*
-V28
7V
7V
4 2
3
1V5
12V7
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1 2 3
to 0303 of
RE
S
-2V9
16V8
*
SDKV
10R
- P
TC
13V
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
RE
S
A7-11
3M3
1V3
MAINS SWITCH
*
9V
2V
0V
*
HOT GROUND
*
3M3
(3V9)
1V3
(3V9)
TEA1507
(95V)
..V.. Normal Operation
SD
*
6V3
2520 G32521 E22522 D72523 D72524 D72525 F72526 E7
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
90 - 276 V FULL RANGE
0V
12V
1n5
2527 D82528 E22540 F102541 G92542 F102559 G112560 E92561 E102562 C92563 D92564 C92565 E82566 C102567 B112568 G92569 C92580 B93500 D23501 D2
0V
3502 C53503 B53504 B53505 C53506 D43507 D43508 B53519 E83520 G33521 F23522 D63523 E73524 E73525 E63526 E73527 C73528 D73529 C63530 D63531 E23540 F93541 F93542 F93543 F103544 F103545 F103546 F93547 F103548 E103549 E11
*
*
*
RE
S
A2-64
ONLY
8V9
0R
*
**
3550 F113552 G93558 B103559 B103560 C103561 C93562 D93563 D103564 C103565 A103566 G93567 C103568 C103569 F83570 D113580 B94500 D105500 C45501 C45502 D45505 G10
"$"
OFTO
6V2
1
RES
RES
RE
S
330p
RE
S
5520 C85521 D75560 E95561 E11
5562 C95563 E106500 B66501 B66502 B66503 B66520 F26521 E76522 E36523 C66540 F96541 F96560 E96561 E96562 C96563 D96564 C96565 B11
0R1
10R
RE
S
0V2
(..V..) Standy Mode
11V6
1n5
(95V)
1u
0R33
0R
6566 G106567 D96569 G96570 G86580 B96581 B97515 F87520 D37521 D77522 D67540 F107541 F97542 G87560 B117561 D107562 C107564 C107580 B89500 C29501 C39502 C5
RES
BZ
X79
LE33CZ
FOR MAINS 120V AC 170V (177V)
92V4
6V
9503 B89504 D119520 D7F501 B2F502 B2F503 C3F504 C3F505 C3F506 C3F507 B7F508 C7F509 D8F510 B7F511 C11F512 C9F513 E10F514 C7F515 E10F516 E10F517 G9F518 B11F519 B11F520 E11F521 D11F522 F11F523 F11
1V5
10V
3V3
DEGAUSSING COIL
TO 0283
F524 A5F525 B9F526 D10I501 C2I502 D2I503 B6I504 C6I505 E2I506 C7I507 F2I508 D6I509 F3I510 D6I511 E6I512 E7I513 E8I514 D7I515 F9I516 F9I517 F9I518 E10I519 F10I520 C9I521 C10I522 D9I523 G8I525 A11
220V AC 309V (317V)
TO
T4E.250V
"$"
For ITV
TO
I526 E9I527 E10I528 C2I529 C4I530 B8I531 E2I532 F7I533 D7I534 C10
I535 C10I536 C8I537 F10I538 E8I539 E9I540 E10I541 E9I543 A11I544 C8I545 D9I546 C6I547 D4I548 G9I549 G9
4V8
(3V3)
G
MAINS
3V3
FOR ITV ONLY
"$"
A7-5
OF
*
OF
POWER SUPPLY
150 - 276 V SINGLE RANGE
16V4
0251
4
5
6
7
8
0V
**
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
7520
1
2
3
0211
1
2F508
EGP20DL
6562
P6
I538
F515
3505
I529
I521
I532
BC857B7542
I510
4500
3567
2K2
F516
I549
55011 4
2 3
7580BC857B
2560
9501
1n47
K
3529
220R
3506
I505
3543
82K
6580
9502
7521
2507
5562
2
3
4
6500
1N5062 (COL)
3501
3565
330R
02511
3528
10K
F513
1K3559
I506
6567
BZX384-C4V7
F525
3550
1K5
3542
F506
22u
2521
2500
470n
I534
TCET1103(G)7515
F520
2563
100n
3580
47K
9500
F507
3564
BC847B7522
I545
3546
F502
6581
F523
2567
47u
3540
3545
1K
3525
F51
9
0302
3526
F522
7561PDTC143ZT
I544
6570
6520
BY
D33
D
2568
6522
2541
1n
BA
S21
6
6569
2565
P2
470p
2522
100n
6521
4K7
3530
I513
F518
2523
3541
470R
3502
7560
2
1 3
I515
9503
I525
470p
2508
356835
03
3519
270R
I509
I519
I533
I502
470p
2527
P5
1500
1N5062 (COL)
6501
02121
2
47R
3560
7562BC857B
P3
3549
220R
I531
470p
2569
1M5
3508
F503
I548
0213
1
2
F509
I540
7564BC857B
3569
5K6
1N5062 (COL)
6503
3500
5
6
7 8
9
5521
55201
10
11
12
132
3
I530
2524
3566
2K2
3531
3521
3570
2542
2n2
2501
47u
2561
2n2
2505
F521
9504
330K
3522
I503
3520
1K2
I543
3562
10K
DSP
3507
6K8
3544
I522
PDTC114ET7541
F517
6563
BA
S21
6
5563
7540BC547B
1N41
48
6523
I507
I526
0282
F514
1n
2562
I501
I528
1n2526
6
100n
2520
I539
C914
5502
31
4
P1
P4
3561
220R
F501
I516
I518
3552
10K
2n2
2504
330R
3558
I508
470p
2525
5560
SB340
6564
1N5062 (COL)
6502
I523
I546
2515
I514
6541
BZ
X79
-C10
I504
I511
5505
3563
BAV70
6565
2503
2502
2n2
I535
4
2 3
I536
F511
5500
DMF-2820
1
2528
I541
I527
2540
15n
F510
BYW76
6561
F524
F526
2m2
2564
I520
F504
2580
47u
I512
5 6
6540
0231
1 3
2 4
SVT2004
2516
F512
56K
3524
2566
47u
5561
27u
F505
1 2
3
2n2
2506
6566
BAS216
3504
I517
3547
3548
8K2
3523
14
2559
1515G5P
23
I547
2K2
3527
9520
BYW76
6560
MainAux
M_Aux
MainSupplyGnd
MainSupply
I537
Vdef
AudioSupplyGnd
+3.3V
POWER_DOWN
Stdby_con
+3.9V
EAR
+3.3V
VlotAux+13V
CL 16532101_025.eps230801
POWER SUPPLY
2566
ITEM
75627564
HR14
NO
ITEM
FR20/21
2504
47uF/25V 47uF/25V -
-
AP
47uF/25V 47uF/25V356035643567
SOUND AMPLIFIER
SNDAMP1X4W-MN-CH
3570
47R
AP
0R1 4R7 0R1 0R1
- BC857B BC857B
NO.SNDAMP
2X3WST-NA/LA/APSNDAMP
2X1W-ST-GLSNDAMP
1X4W-MN-LA/APSNDAMP
1X3W-MN-GL
20/21
- -BC857B
3568
47R 47R - 47R0R1
6581
HR15RF/20/21
AP
FR14
AP
FR
2K2 2K2 - 2K2 2K28K2 8K2 - 8K2 8K2
- -BZX384-C4V7
CH
BC857B - BC857BBC857B BC857B
5501
82K
75217580
6580
9520
95009501
DIVERSITY TABLE FOR ALL ITEM NO. MARKED WITH *
DIVERSITY TABLE FOR ALL ITEM NO. MARKED WITH *
021302311515
3502
15RF/20/21AP
6K8
HR
---
BZX384-C6V2
---
------
---7NC80ZFP
25162580
BC857B
3503
3508
352335263544
3521
5502
3545
35805500
---
556265616567
5520
6570
330p
---
SS28010-06100MHZ 50R
---BZX384-C4V7BZX384-C6V2
95029503
2505
2503
---
------
NTC 4R7
PTC/PTC 9R/100R------
8K2
4R747R
---
82K
---
S359B4-09100MHZ 80R
BYW76
---
8K2
4R747R
6K882K
---
---
---
2n2
DMF2820H
3563
---
35043505
---100u/400
---2P 8/128A SDKV
---
330p---
NTC 4R7
PTC/PTC 9R/100R
---
---
8K2
22R100R
6K8
---
---NTC 4R7
PTC/PTC 9R/100R------
8K2
---
------
---
---220u/400
2n2
2P 8/128A SDKV---
DMF2430H22
0R18
JUMPERJUMPER
---
---100u/400
---2P 8/128A SDKV
---
330p---
NTC 4R7
PTC/PTC 9R/100R---
200u/400
---2P 8/128A SDKV
---
330p---
S359B4-09100MHZ 80R
BYW76BZX384-C4V7
------
0R15
---
JUMPER---
---
---
2n2
DMF2820H
------
0R15
---JUMPER
7NC80ZFP
---200u/400
---2P 8/128A SDKV
---
0R15
---JUMPER
---
22R100R
6K882K
4NC80ZFP
---
---
---
---
---
---
------
---6NC80ZFP
---
---
2n2
DMF2820H---
0R18
---JUMPER
---
NTC 4R7
PTC/PTC 9R/100R------
BZX384-C6V2
---
---
6K8
---6NC80ZFP
S359B4-09100MHZ 80R
BYW76BZX384-C4V7BZX384-C6V2
---
------
---
---
---
2n2
DMF2820H
---
---
SS28010-06100MHZ 50R
BZX384-C4V7BZX384-C6V2
8K2
4R747R
82K
---
2n2---
100u/450
---2P 8/128A SDKV
---
DMF2820H
------
0R15
---JUMPER
---
330p---
NTC 4R7
8K2
6K882K
---
S359B4-09100MHZ 80R
BYW76BZX384-C4V7BZX384-C6V2
---
---
---6NC80ZFP
---
---
---
PTC/PTC 9R/100RVDR 1MA/423V
---4R747R
P3
5V / div DC50ms / div
P1 P2 = +308V (317V)P4 = +3V3P5 = +12V4 (+3V9)P6 = +95V
50V / div DC20us / div
Schematics and PWB’s 31L01.2A 7.
Large Signal Panel: Line Deflection
VFOC
VG2
EHTTO PICTURE TUBE
0V
*
11V
*
5V4
*
*
5V
H
0220 F70221 B52400 F52401 A42402 B52403 E32404 B52405 D32406 E32407 D62408 B62409 C62410 D92411 D42412 C82413 A72414 E92415 D42416 D62417 F102418 B11
*
COIL
6V2
*12V5
0V
5V4
PANEL
12V4
*
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
4V5
12V4
diode
6R8
8V5
for sets
diode
A5-36
6R8
w/o quasi
A6-16
12V
12V4
*
*
11 12
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
0V
A6-18
*
4V5
*
*
8V7
5V6
39R
2419 B102420 B92421 B112422 E112423 F102424 E63401 C53402 C43403 B63404 D33405 C53406 D33407 B43408 D23410 B113411 A93412 A103413 A93414 A103415 A113416 A8
33K
3410
2V1
TO 0224 OF
5V4
+95V
5V5
3417 B11
A6-21
modulation
BZX79-B6V2
*
A1-64
3418 B83419 B93420 B103421 D103422 E103423 E103424 E103425 C103426 B113427 F103428 F103429 F53430 F53431 C103432 D55401 C45403 B45406 C45408 B65410 F65444 D45445 B76401 B46402 D96403 B46404 D66405 F9
90V8
*
HORIZONTAL
5V4
A6-23
*
A5-16
11V6
6406 C26407 D26408 F46409 B76410 D96412 E66413 A96414 A116415 B96416 F46417 B96419 E106420 E106423 F97401 E37402 D57403 D37404 D37405 A117406 B107407 D107408 E97409 B109401 F6
*
1V4
*
DEFLECTION
8V4
*
*
*
**
*
*
9402 E69403 B49404 C49405 B49408 B6F401 B5F402 B5
F403 B5F404 B5F405 D5F406 D5F407 E5F408 E6F409 E3F410 B3F411 D11F412 F10F413 E11F414 C8F415 D9
*
*
FILAMENT
*
*
8V
LINE DEFLECTION
A3-65
F416 D11F417 A10F418 B11F419 D10I401 B5I402 B4I403 D4I404 D3I405 B4I406 C4I407 F5I408 C4I411 D9I412 B10I413 A9I414 C9I415 F9I424 B6I425 B6I430 C9I431 A8I432 B7I433 B7I434 B7
BUT11APX
TO CRT
modulation
*
for sets
*
5V7
*
*
*
*
5V
*
CRT PANEL
with quasi
I435 B11I440 D9I444 D3I445 D3I446 D3I447 D7I448 D2I449 A9I450 B9I451 F9I452 A10I453 A11I454 B10I455 E10I456 F9I457 E10I459 F10
F414
2417
1m
L9
L10
7408BD135
I456
I453
6404
BY
D33
M
6416
1M
3426
2421
47n
F417
3421
6403
2422
470u
2416
2406
F418
5403
3430
7403BC337
I404
3407
3423
820R
F412
3401
F403
7407
I406
33K
3418
BD135
PDTC143ZT7401
5444
1
3 6
I401
9402
SC10009-03
3403
470u
2410
I403
2420 1u
3412
BZ
X28
4-C
10
6417
BC857B
9405
6402
BYD33D
7405
F404
6R8
3404
L6F407
I457
27u
5410
BZX79-C5V6
6419
3425
F409
1K
3415
I447
I459
F405
F410
BZX79-C9V1
6420
F402
2405
L3
BA
S21
6
6407
6414
10u
2423
F416
I431
5401
2409
47u
3414
2404
I413
BYD33D
2419 1u
3428
6409
3419
6408
BA
S31
6
6412
1n2415
3422
100R
L1
6401
BA
S21
6
6415
6410
BYD33D
9404
7404BC636
5406
F406
I445
I432
I424 BC857B7409
2403
I454
02201
2
3
L8
L4
3402
9403
I408
9401
I455
I451
7402
I434
I405
6
7
8
9
F415
54451
10
2
3
4
5
2407
3427
27K
6423
BYD33D
2414
33n
2412
6406BAV70
1m
L7
F413
I435
3431
I446
3408
F411
I450
I433
I430
22R
3432
1
4
2408
3417
33K
VH
0221
10K
3413
I402
10u
2413
L2
I452
I407
100R
3424
I412
F401
10R
3411
6405
BYD33D
I415
10K
3406
2411
47u
9408
2424
3429
I4255408
F419
2401
L5
2402
7406BC857B
2400
I411
3416
3R9
F408
I414
33K
3420
2K2
I444
3405
2418
10n
I448
I449
I440
VlotAux+13V
VlotAux+13V
VlotAux+13V
MainSupply
VlotAux-13V
BLK-IN
Hflybk
VlotAux+5V
1N4148
6413
VideoSupply
VlotAux+13V
VlotAux+5V
VlotAux+5V
VlotAux+13V
M_Aux
EHTo
VideoSupply
+8V
VT_Supply
EHTinfo
Vdef
Vguard
Hdrive
CL 16532101_026.eps230801
- -
-
330K
-220R
1K39K
-
-
-
3414
14" CPTO
--
- -02475
-
5445
430p 360p
-
-
9402
- - -54035406 - 56801
- -
15" RF SMGK 20" CPTOITEM
2401 680p
34083412
2416
3429
1K 1K39K 39K 39K
12K 15K 10K
2406 330p
- - -
-
27u - 33u56801
-
21" Mec
430p
-
13n
--
5401
5408
12K
-
- 27u
18K
-94864
BAV21 BAV21
-3430-
- - - -6416
2405
2402 -
-
024666401 BAV21 BAV21 BAV21
- - -680p 680p
12n11n
6412 -
330p
820p 390p 820p 2n2
- - - - -
18K
3K3
2404
2424
1K 1K39K
12K 12K 12K 12K
2407
- -
15n2408
- 680p
-
02466
Y Y Y Y Y
3K3
3425
2K23431
Y
- Y -Y -
Y
Asia Pacific/China
Y
15K
21" China
- -2K7 0R
- -Y
3401
340318K3402
-
820p- - -
330K 330K 330K
02475
940394049408
Y -Y
Y
02475
3407
12n
2400 - -680p 680p
330p 330p 330p
330K18K
220R 220R
470p
-
18K- -
10K
220R 220R
L9 L4 = +13VL5 = +5VL6 = +8VL7 = -13VL8 = +34VL10 = +176V
2V / div DC20us / div
L2
2V / div DC20us / div
L1
500mV / div DC20us / div
32L01.2A 7.Schematics and PWB’s
Large Signal Panel: Frame Deflection
FLYBACKGENERATOR
POWERAMPLIFIER
THERMALPROTECTION
DEFLECTION
A2-65
12V
8
Bead
-13V
4
0V
COIL
H
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
0222 D82471 C52472 E62473 C62475 D42476 D62477 D43471 F73472 F83473 D43474 C43475 E43476 D73477 D73478 E7
A6-19
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
VERTICALA6-20
FRAME DEFLECTION
3479 D45471 D76471 C66472 D76473 D77471 C59471 D7F471 C5F472 E5F473 D8F474 D8F475 E7F476 E8F477 C3F478 D3F479 E6I472 C4I473 D4I474 D7I475 E7
-12V
2ITEM
3472 5R6
21" Mec 21" China
3471 5R6 3R3 3R3 3R3 3R33R9 5R6 3R3 3R9
Asia Pacific/China
I476 E7I477 C6
14" CPTO 15" RF SMGK 20" CPTO
F1
F2
F30V9
12V
5
F471
F473
I476
I477
I472
I475220n
2476
3476
1R5
100n
2472
6471
BYD33D
2471
100n
2K2
2K2
3473
2477
470p
3475
3479
1K
I474
3474
1K
F474
F476
BY
D33
D
6472
9471
BY
D33
D
6473
F479
5471
F478
F472
I473
5OUT
2VSUP
6VSUPO
F5
F475
TDA9302H7471
3FLYB
4GND
7 IN+
1 IN-
3471
2473
100u
3477
220R 0222
1
2
2475
470p
220R
3478
F4
3472
Vguard
VlotAux-13V
Vdrive-
Vdrive+
VlotAux+13V
F477
CL 16532101_027.eps230801
F5
10V / div DC5ms / div
F4
1V / div DC5ms / div
F3
10V / div DC5ms / div
F2
500mV / div DC5ms / div
F1
500mV / div DC5ms / div
Schematics and PWB’s 33L01.2A 7.
Large Signal Panel: Tuner IF
FM-ANT
+5V ADCIF
FM
AGC
TUNERMT
AS SCL SDA
+5V
VT
GND
*
5V
*
A7-3
A5-25
*
*
RE
SA5-27
F
G
H
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
0265 A50283 C30285 B31000 B41002 D81003 E81004 F82001 D42002 D52003 D62004 B62005 B6
5V
*
A5-24
TO 0282
A5-28
A7-13
*
*
OF
0V
FM-RADIO ANTENNA
RE
S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A5-26
JMP
4.3V
4.3V
22p22p22p
---
JmpJmp---
------
---
---------
LA/NA/APBGDK
AP
---------
9 10 11 12
A
B
C
D
E
*
*
*
2006 B72007 B72008 C62009 C92010 B53000 C43001 C43002 C73003 B83004 C83005 C83006 E63007 D63008 D63009 D73010 D43011 D54001 D64002 F84003 E74004 E84005 E74006 E64011 F84012 G85001 B75002 C65003 F9
---------
BA792
------------
1n8JmpJmp
Jmp------
Jmp------
---
K7257M---
2K26K8
6001 B66002 C76003 C76004 E66005 E77001 F67002 F79001 D7F001 B6F002 B6
A7-14
*
4.9V
FOR EMC ONLY
TUNER IF
A5-29
FOR ITV ONLY
F003 B5F004 C6F005 B4F006 C9F007 C4F008 C4F009 F4F010 A5I001 C4I002 C4I003 D6I005 B5I006 E7I007 D7I008 D8I009 E8I010 F8I011 C8I013 F9I014 F9I016 B6I018 F7
RES
RES
ITEM
330R---
------
LNA
UR1316R
33V8
------
820n
Non FM RadioTEDE9-228A
Diversity Table
ITEM BGIDKM
UV1336A ENV56D98G3
INDIA/AP QSS-AP
*
*
*
*
* RES
RES
RE
S
* *
*
RE
S
4004401250036004
AP/CH 38.9/38.0FM Radio
Stereo Mono
10n2K26K8
UR1316R UV1356A
Non-LNA &
---Jmp---
LA/NA/AP 45.75
LNA Non-LNA
TEDH9-200A1000
301030115002
330R------
Jmp
072TPL-A
820n
------
820n
------
Jmp
------
820n
---------
BGIDKM
1002
K9362M10n2K2
100310042003300630073008400140024003
PDTC124ET
20012002
22p
7001
K7260M------
---22p22p
2K2------
---
Diversity TableM-MN
---BA792
PDTC124ET
K2960M------
I2 I3
4011
F008
2u7
5003
I006
F009
3009
4005
1002
1
2
3
4
5
1 2 3
100R
3005
3010
100R
0265
4004
5001
5u6
6003
0283
2006
470u
3007
F010
2001
I005F005
6004
4003
15
2
3 4 5
6
7 8
9
10001
10
11
12
13
14
100u
2008
2007
100n
I013
I011
I003
F007
I016
47n
2004
2002
F002
F003
I0083011
I002
6002
4001
6005
I010
1004
1
2
3
4
5
I018
F006
I007
2010 1n
I1
3 8
IN1
ING2
O14
O25
SWI10
100R
3000
9001
1003
3008
7001
1K5
3003
3002
F004
0285
4006
3001
100R
I009
2005
10u
I014
22n
2009
F001
8K2
3004
4002
2003
I001
6001
BZ
X79
-C33
4012
I4
3006
5002
VT_Supply
7002
SDA
SCL RF_AGC
SIF_1
SIF_2
SEL-IF-LL_M-TRAP
VlotAux+5V
FM
+8V
VIF_2
VIF_1
CL 16532101_028.eps230801
I1
2V / div DC200us / div
I2
2V / div DC200us / div
I3
20mV / div DC1ms / div
I4
500mV / div DC250ns / div
34L01.2A 7.Schematics and PWB’s
Large Signal Panel: Video IF + Sound IF
AMPL
SOUND
AMPL. + AVL
IF
VISION IF
AGC/AFC
QSS SOUND
AGC
SOUND PLL
DEEMPHASIS
VIDEO
PLL DEMOD.
QSS MIXER AM
DEMODULTOR
AUDIO SWITCH
VIDEO
VIDEO IDENT
I/O SWITCHING
OSD
YUV
OSD/TEXT INSERT
BLUE STRETCH
WHITE-P. ADJ.
RGB/YUV INSERTBLACK STRETCHWHITE STRETCH
BASE-BAND
DELAY LINE
LUMA DELAY
PEAKING
PAL/SECAM/NTSCDECODER
VIDEO FILTERS
FOR ITV ONLY
2V5
for
M’n
as o
nly
4.5Mhz
FOR ITV ONLY
*
RES
2V
A13-34
2V5
2V6 A4-28
1V4
H
0243 C70248 C20249 B20266 E120276 C31200 E81201 E81202 F81203 F92201 D32202 C32203 D32204 D62205 C42208 B92209 G52210 G42211 D9
2V5
1V9
0V7
A10-37
A4-27
1V9
0V
A11-43
TDA95XX
5V
3V8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
A11-37
A13-35
2V9
PANEL
7V8
0V3
3V7
1V8
0V
A2-36
A9-42
A13-40
2V6
RE
S
10 11 12
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
2211
470n
*
3V5
A10-42
A5-42
1V1
*
A5-42
A12-31
*
*
*
*
*
2V5
2212 C72213 E32214 E32215 F32216 B112217 B102219 B5
A4-26
CRT
2V5
2V5
A4-29
FOR ITV ONLY
1V5
RES
1V5
470u
F
470nF
RES
RES
RE
S
A7-44
T0 0245
2220 A42221 C32222 F82223 F102225 C82226 C92227 D112228 D112229 D122230 C122233 E32234 F72235 E102236 G82237 G92238 G7
3V3
A8-43
*
*
RE
S
A9-44
A13-38
*
*
RES
**
2239 G72240 F83200 B93201 C63202 C63203 D63204 E63205 E63206 F63207 C93208 E93209 D83210 E73211 F93212 E73213 D73214 C73215 B73216 B73217 G6
2V5
A9-43
2V5
2V3
OF
5V6
3V7
3V3
3218 G53219 G33220 B43221 A43222 A63223 F33224 F43225 F53226 E63228 B83229 C83230 C83231 B83232 C113233 F73234 E103235 E33236 F83237 F83238 G73239 G83240 F73261 F93637 C2
2V5
A7-3
2V9
A11-42
1V7
A13-41
5V
3V5
5V
3V2
2V9
A13-30
3638 D24203 C94204 D84205 F34206 F34207 E34209 D104210 B94211 B94212 B34213 B34214 D104216 G115201 D85202 A96201 F4
6202 F66206 G47200-A B107200-C C3
1V9
*
2V5
**
*
A13-33
A4-24
TDA95XX
FOR ITV ONLY
7201 D97202 E97203 E87204 F57205 A57206 B87208 C77209 G87210 G89200 D89298 F99618 A109625 F10F201 C6F202 C6F203 C6F204 C6F205 E6F206 E6F207 D9
*
RE
S
SET WITH VIDEO OUT
3V5
A13-32
*
*
RE
S
*
*
*
*
**
*
*
*
*
3V2
A13-39
F208 F5F209 F10I201 A4I202 A11I203 B7I204 B8I205 D11I206 E5I207 D11I208 D7I209 E3I210 D9
*
*
VIDEO IF + SOUND IF
RE
S
*
1V9
3V
A2-16
A4-25
RES
7V9
3V7
I211 E10I213 F5I214 G6I215 G4I216 G5I217 D11I218 B2I219 C4I220 C5I221 D6I222 C9I223 C12I224 G7I225 G7I226 G8I227 G9I228 F7I229 A5I231 C7I232 E8
*
RES
RES
RES
RES
3V5
SET WITH SVHS
*
* *
* *
*
*
*
*
* *
*
RE
S
*
**
2V5
*
I233 D8I234 A11I235 F9I236 F9
2227
3207 1K
I219
2230
2215
2222
2217
22n
9298
7210BFS20
3237
3218
82K
4204
2220
470n
3229
I208
1n
2240
3637
2223
3261
F202
3228
390K
2201
3204
10K
2229
I214
I235
2213
I211
4213
I224
4211
3230
2205
220n
3208
560R
3226
7203
F204
V4
3215
V3
3239
2226
6202
BAS216
3234
BFS207209
I229
V8
2212
0276
2G
1I 3O
V7
3201
100R
1201VALUE
3225
BC847B7201
3223
3214
BZ
X38
4-C
6V8
6206
I201
I220
2221
22n
1202VALUEG 2
I 1 O 3
2216
100R
3235
9200
470R
3212
V9
2239
I234
I209
BAS216
6201
F201
F20
7
3209
I233
223632
13
I204
100R
I227
2210
3220
02431
2
3
4
5
6
5201
I226
3219
4206
I231
2K2
3222
100R
I222
V1
3238
2208
4205
2214
4210
4216
I216
10u
5202
2228
9618
220n
2219
2234
2233
820p
F2051200
VALUEG 2
I 1 O 3
I205
BC857B7204 F209
3231
3216
0248
4214
7206BC847B
V5
100n
2203
2225
22n
2204
100n
4203
3233
V2
I217
I215
F208
4212
2237
I232
BC857B7205
I221
I223
F203
0249
3206
100K
I218
3221
560R
I210
1K
3205
3217
330K
F206
I206
V6
V10
9625
7208
3203
100R
3200
I225
3224
4209
4207
3202
100R
2209
4u7
3211
VALUE 2G
1I 3O
I203
1203
3232
3240
3236
0266
I202
2238
I236
I213
82202
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
5051 52 53
54
55
56
57
58
7200-C10
28
29
40
7202
3210
2235
I228
25
26
27
32
33
35
36
38
39
48
49
I207
7200-A
18
19
22
23
24
SY_CVBS-IN
VlotAux+5V
FMR
3638
QSS_AM_DEM_OUT
L1-IN
V1-OUT
+8V
MONO|AM_MONO_SOUND
+8VA
SIF_2
SIF_1
RF_AGC
VIF_2
VIF_1
FBL-1
G_Y-IN
B_U-IN
V_OUT
+8V
EHTinfo
SEL-IF-LL_M-TRAP
LFRONT-IN
+8V
C-IN
+8V
+8VR_V-IN
BLK-IN
+8V
FM
QSS_AM_DEM_OUT
CVBS1-IN
CL 16532101_029.eps230801
V4
100mV / div DC20us / div
V5
1V / div DC20us / div
V6
1V / div DC20us / div
V7
1V / div DC20us / div
V8
2V / div DC5ms / div
V9
500mV / div DC10us / div
V10
1V / div DC500us / div
Schematics and PWB’s 35L01.2A 7.
Large Signal Panel: Video IF + Sound IF Diversity Tables
222722282229
41093232
AP
BG/DK BG/I/DK/M/MN
42144216
For Latam / Nafta / AP
4n7820p10u
68R
6u8
BG/I/DK/M/ST56M---
22083200
---
04B
2223
2K2---
YESYES
------------
2222
---YES---
YES
4n74n7820p10u
no-RD
2K2------
YES
---------
4u7
M BG-IN BG/DK/M-IN BG/I/DK/M-CH
3209
---
6M4.5M
For Latam / Nafta / AP
120012011202
02B
4.7K
4M5------
100n390R220R
---
---
9587
64K
1K
---100n390R390R
------
10n1K8
330R100R
---
02B6M4M5
3210 ---32113213720272035201
1K
---
90o
4.7K470R
BC857BBC857B
04B6M5---
100n390R220R82R---
82R
470RBC857BBC857B
4u7
---560R
---
With Switchable Centre Frequency
2K
10 PAGE
---
90
---
---
---
---
100R---------
10n1.8K150R82R4.7K
6M---
100n
3208
ITEM
---
---560R
------
4u7
64K
---
---
---
---
---
---Horizontal And Vertical Zoom
ROM Size
4u7
---560R
------
6u8
---470R
100n390R150R
4.7K
Diversity Tables for
IC VERSION (TDA)
TV Range
Mono Intercarrier Multi-standardSound Demodulator (4.5 - 6.5 MHz)
64K - 128K
---
---
9552
90o
---
---
9588
90o
---
---
------
4u7
I/DK/CH6M6M5---
100n 390R390R82R
---
Separate Input And AGC Circuit
---
---
---
---
---
9582
------
---
---
---
9562
110
---
9583
User RAM Size
Teletext
Closed Captioning
9550
------
4u7
---
o
64K - 128K
2K
10 PAGE
---
9567
---
1x Rear Video inwith SVHS / 1x Frontor Side Video In
No Video Inputs
o
32K - 64K
---
9580
64K
1K
---
---
---
AM Sound Demodulator WithoutExtra Reference Circuit
PAL Decoder
SECAM Decoder
NTSC Decoder
Horizontal Geometry (E-W)
Automatic Volume Levelling
390R390R82R
QSS Sound IF Amplifier With
o90
o
64K - 128K
2K
10 PAGE
---
---
---
--- ---
---
9551
90o
64K - 128K 64K
1K
---
---
FUNCTIONAL DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE VARIOUS IC VERSIONS (7200)
90o
32K - 64K
1K
1 PAGE
---
---
---
110o
32K - 64K
1K
1 PAGE
---
---
BTSCnDBX-ST ST MN
2226
x100n
100nx
64K
1K
---
90
---
---
---
---
110o
Audio Switch
9581
Automatic Volume Levelling orSubcarrier Output (For Comb FilterApplications)
90
without SVHS2x Rear Video In
o
64K - 128K
2K
10 PAGE
---
STQSS interC RD
1203
---
9561
ITEM
2201
2K
10 PAGE
---
---
110o
---
---
9584
64K
1K
---
---
110o
9565
For Latam / Nafta / AP
1 PAGE
---
---
---
9560
ITEM
100n100n
xx
o
---
---
---
---
---
---
90
64K
1K
---
100p
ITEM MNQSS interC RD no-RD
2202
1x Rear Video In 1x Rear Video In with Front orSide Video without SVHS /
---
9563
110o
64K - 128K
2K
10 PAGE
1K
---
---
---
---------------------------
1n1n------------
820R---
150K
------------------------
---------------------------
---------------------
JMP------------
For Latam / Nafta / AP
---------------
100n---1n
------
820R270R560R
------------
1K2560R270R100R
---
------
------
YESYES---
---------
------------------------
---------------
2K2 / 3K9---------
---------------
JMP------------------
---------
------------
4u7---------
---1n---------
2K2820R680R100K
------------------
JMP---
YES---------
---------
3n94n7 / 1n2
820p / 330p10u------------
---------------
2K2---------
---------------------
JMP------------
---------
3n94n7820p10u---
100n1n1n
---------------
2K2---------
330R270R330R100R330R
------------
YESYESYES
---------
3n94n7820p10u------------
223922403229323032313232323332343236
------------------------------------
YES10n10p
3n94n7820p10u4u7---------
421042167206720972109298
---------
------------------------------------
---------
22262227222822292230223422352238
323732383239324032614209
CL 16532101_29d.eps230801
36L01.2A 7.Schematics and PWB’s
Large Signal Panel: Synchronisation
+
H
V
H-DRIVE2nd LOOPH-SHIFT
VIDEO IDENT
H/V SYNC SEP.
H-OSC. + PLL
V-DRIVE
GEOMETRY
EWGEOMATRY
TELETEXT/ODSDISPLAY
3254 B73256 C93257 B63258 B53259 B45241 A85242 C86241 E67200-D C57241 E7F241 C4I241 A8I242 B5I243 B6I244 C8I245 D5I246 D6I247 D8I248 D6I249 C8I250 C8I251 D8I252 C5I253 D6I254 B5
A2-16
N.C
ITEMFM RADIO
8V2
TDA95XX
G
H
2241 E62242 E52243 B62244 E62245 E72246 D82247 B82248 B82249 C52250 C52252 C82253 D82254 B53241 D53242 C43244 C83245 E63246 E63247 E83248 D83249 C83250 D83251 C8
A2-21
A3-20
A2-18A3-19
4u7---2246
A7-11
** Not For Small Screen
A2-23
A6-16
(FOR E/W ONLY)
1 2 3 4 5
F241
10u
5242
39K
3245
SYNCHRONISATION
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
*
11 12
A
B
C
D
STEREO MONO
A7-17
0V
1V21V3
1V2
2V1
3V9
3V8
2V2
4V
(BZX384-C6V8)
470u
RES**
3V9
7V9
2V9
0V9
*A6-16
E
F
G
H
A
B
C
D
E
F
I244
I250
I241
I247
I248I246
I243
I245
22n
I254
2247
2249
10u
5241
22n
2248
S3
S2
S1
3241
3254
21
30
31
34
9
2241
1n5
22K
7200-D11
12
13
14
15
1617
20
I252
470K
3259
I253
3257
10M
1n
2253
2252
1K
3256
2250
2u2
1n
2246
3250
3244
4u7
2243
2n2
820R
3246
10K
1u2242
3249
820R
100R
3251
3258
330K
I249
2244
100n
I251
6241
BZX284-C6V8
S4
2254
S5
3248
27K
3242
27K
3247
2245
220n
I242
220K7241PDTA114ET
+8V
POWER_DOWN
EHTinfo
+3.3V
EHTo
SANDCASTLE
+8V
Hflybk
EWdrive|EWD_dyn
+8VA
EHTinfo
Hdrive
Vdrive-
Vdrive+
CL 16532101_030.eps230801
S4
500mV / div DC5ms / div
S3
500mV / div DC5ms / div
S2
500mV / div DC20us / div
S1
2V / div DC20us / div
Schematics and PWB’s 37L01.2A 7.
Large Signal Panel: Control
SDA
I/O
PORTS
VST PWM-DAC
ENHANCED
80C51
CPU
ROM/RAM
TELETEXTACQUISITION
1/10 PAGESMEMORY
R
G
B
BL
COR
CVBS
SYNC
H
V
OSD
TELETEXT
DISPLAY
IIC-BUS
TRANSCEIVER
SCL
dBX PCBStereoITEM
Diversity Table
FOR ITV ONLY
3V3
Mono3609
*
to 0302 of
FOR ITV ONLY
0V
11 12
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
0217 G3
8K2
0V
IF-38.0-
FOR
M-MNCH
A9-14
A4-14
0V
A8-15
A9-13A11-13
3V2
FOR ITV ONLY
3V3
DATA-OUT
CLOCK
A4-13
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1
Diversity Table
RES
BG.I.DK /
5V
3612
33pF
FOR ITV ONLY
2607
N.C.
AP
OF
3V3
TREBLE-BUZZ
3V2
OF
TO 0217
3V2
SET WITH SVHS
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CH
3V7
QSSA5-44
BG.I.DK/M-IF-38.0-
AP QSS
BG.I.DK/M-IF-38.9-ITEM
8K2
IF-38.9
36143610
8K2AP
M-MNBG.I.DK /
0240 A30250 B30261 D30273 B50274 B90303 E101660 E82601 A72602 D92604 E32606 E92607 E8
EE
PR
OM
A12-4
0V
1V5
ITEM
* *
3617
------
YESYESYES
**
*
*
RES
RES
0R*
*
2609 33pF
2608 A62609 E82611 B62612 C92613 B9
FOR ITV ONLY
SDM
POR
3615
A8-7
GND
FOR ITV ONLY
A13-75
RES
FOR ITV ONLY
**
FOR ITV ONLY
A8-6
0V
DATA-IN
A1-5
0V
0V
2615 B72616 A52618 B62619 D93601 B33603 B93604 B83605 C33606 B83607 B83608 D103609 D3
3V7
3V3
0V
A10-12
3619
3610 D43611 A83612 C33614 F33615 F33617 D33618 E33619 D43622 D83623 D43624 C83625 B83626 D83627 C103628 D83629 C103630 E93632 E103633 D103634 C83635 B33636 C34601 B84602 B84603 B84604 H34618 G3
A13-2
0V
Bass_panorama
N.C.
A4-3
A12-80V
COMPAIR
A11-14
3V2
0V
3V7
0V
A7-13
3V3
0V
5602 A75603 B75604 B77200-B C57602 A87606 E10
A1-11
A7-14
8K2
3V7
0V
9631 E39641 E39647 C3F602 F3F603 D3F604 D3F605 D9F606 A9F607 E10F608 B7F609 B7F610 C9F611 B10F612 A4F613 E3F614 E5I601 A9I602 B9I603 B8I604 C8I605 C8I606 E5I607 E9I608 D8I609 D8I610 H3
A7-13
YES
A7-14
A12-103V3
TDA95XX
*
0V
Diversity Table
------------
YES
A6-17
(FOR E/W ONLY)
A5-3
TO 0240
M24
C08
CONTROL
0V
#
YES
I612 D5I613 D5I614 B6I615 B4I616 B5I617 C4
4604
2607
C1
1u2608
I614
F607
I603
3635 100R
0274
3634
7606
I605
0303
5u6
5604
100R
3636
F611
3628
10K
0250
F606
I609
3612
F604
3629
F614
4K7
3617
4618
26061n
I616
3606
2K2
F60
9
I607
3615
10K
3623
4K7
I602
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0261
100R
36110240
F612
F613
3627
4K7
5603
5u6
1u2618
3624
100R
I6121K
3609
I615
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
7
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
7200-B
1
2
3
4
5
59
6
2619 1u
3608
100R
4K7
3605
2609
C3
100R
3603
2
3
4
5
6
8K2
3619
02171
5u6
5602
1u2611
2615 1n
F603
4603
I601
3632
I610
F610
4601
I606
100p
2602
4602
3604
100R
F602
2 9631 1
1660
12M
HZ
9647
2601
220n
3625 100R
I613
C2
10u
2604
I617
C4
3622
100R
I608
F605
2K2
3607
3610
I604
C5
0273
8K2
1234
5
67
8
68p
2612
7602
3614
4K7
9641
F60
8
3626
4K7
3630
2K2
68p
2613
3618
10K
3601 8K2
2616
47n
IR
Bass_panorama
+3.3V
Treble_Buzzer_Hosp-app
VlotAux+5V
+3.3V
ITV_MSG
POWER_DOWN
KEYBOARD_protn
EW_protection
3633
Volume|Mute
SDA
Stdby_con
LED
+3.3V
+3.3V
+3.9V
STATUS1
STATUS2
SEL-IF-LL_M-TRAP
+8V
SCL
SDA
SEL-MAIN-FRNT-RR
+3.3V
SANDCASTLE
FMR
+3.9V
+3.3V
+3.3V
SCL
+3.3V
CL 16532101_031.eps230801
C1
1V / div DC500us / div
C2
1V / div DC500us / div
C4
2V / div DC200us / div
C5
2V / div DC200us / div
38L01.2A 7.Schematics and PWB’s
Large Signal Panel: Audio Amplifier + Mono Sound Processing
Of 0254
2 X 5W
A8-45
8 ohm
C
D
E
F
G
H
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
0246 B110271 B30275 B52901 B82902 B82903 B62904 B52905 B62906 C52907 C62908 E62941 F32942 F42943 G4
With Side AV + HP
8 ohm
0246
Without Side AV + HP
0V3
*
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
A
B
-
7902
To Speaker
3V7
5V2
1V4
A12-72
2 X 3W
AmpOutL_Pos
A7-7
To
AUDIO_AMPLIFIER + MONO_SOUND_PROCESSING
A8-6
A7-15
A7-6
2944 G52945 G52946 G52947 C92948 C102949 C102950 C103901 B53902 B63903 B43904 B43905 C43906 C43907 E63921 D33922 D4
A8-6
FOR ITV ONLY
-
A8-45
MONO
A9-45
7901
* AmpOutR_Neg
ITEM
*
*
3923 D43941 F43942 F43943 G43944 G43945 G43946 G43947 G63948 F53949 G53950 F63951 G64901 B34902 B44903 C34904 C44921 B44941 F46901 B67901 B7
AN7523N
1V4
11V
8
---------------------------
*
*
2 X 1W
16 ohm
SPEAKER
FOR ITV ONLY
5V2
(Mono sets only)
---
3907 8K2
7902 D77941 G37942 H37943 G69901 B99902 C99921 B4
AN7522N
5V2A11-45
WITHOUT STEREO2941
MONO SOUND PROCESSING
ITEM GLOBAL
*
A12-73
RE
S
Mono Amp 1W
F901 B3F902 B4F903 C3F904 C4F905 B11F906 B11F907 C11F908 C11F909 C11I901 A3I903 B5I904 B5I905 B6I906 C5I907 C6I908 D3I909 D3I910 B9I911 C9I941 F4
A11-46
A5-43
WITH STEREO
1u
A9-46
*
*
*
AUDIO AMPLIFIER
STEREO*
Mono Amp 3W Mono Amp 4W CH Mono Amp 4W EU Stereo Amp 1W Stereo Amp 3W/5W2904
AUDIO AMPLIFIER
ITEM
I942 F3I943 F5I944 G3I945 G4I946 G4I947 G5I948 G5I949 G6
5V2
A12-71
*
394739483949395039514941794179427943
---390R560R15K47K
330R18K1K
2K7
BC847B
10uF---
1uF---
8K2------
YES---
470nF470nF
------------------
JUMPER------
10KYES---
294229432944294529463941
A12-70
MONO SOUND PROCESSING
394439453946
*
*
*
**
2906390339053906
1uF33nF
100nF47nF10nF1uF
100R3K92K7
1uF---
4K7---------
YES
1uF---
BC847BBC847B
---YES---
*
*
*
*
*
*
* *
*
15K15K10KYES---
470nF470nF3K33K3
*
*
*
*
*
* *
*
*
39423943
1V8
1V3
0V
0V
0V *
79017902
1uF---
8K2---------
YES
6V2
0V
6K8---
I909
I944
3951
I906
10u
2908
BAS216
6901
3902
3K3
I946
470u
2902
3903
4941
I949
I901
I907
1K
3901
3950
330K
3923
3948
4921
F904
I910
I911 9902
2903
2943
2945
2907 1n
F902F906
100p
29504903
2947
100p
100p
2948
I945 29463945
I948
I908
9901
7943
3942
330K
3922
3943
F908
4902 0275
3907
2944
3946
I947
4904
3904
10K
F907
5
ST
B
1
VC
C
9 VOL
F905
AN7522N7901
2
CH1+
4
CH1-
6 CH1-IN
12CH2+
10CH2-8 CH2-IN
3
GN
DC
H1
11
GN
DC
H2
7
GN
DIN
P
F901 I905
3906
F903
3944
3941
7941
A2
A3
A4
I904
I942
02711
2
3
4
A1
2942
4901
2906
2904
9921
2905 1n
4
5
2941
0246
1
2
3
CH1-
6 CH1-IN
3
GNDCH1
7
GNDINP NC
8
5
STB
1
VCC
9 VOL
2901
AN7523N7902
2
CH1+
4
3947
I941
330K
3921
I903
3949
3905
2949
100p
7942
F909
AmpOutR_Neg
Main_OutL
Main_OutR
AmpOutL_Pos
AmpOutL_Neg
I943
Bass_panorama
MONO|AM_MONO_SOUND
Treble_Buzzer_Hosp-app
Treble_Buzzer_Hosp-app
Main_OutL
+8V
MainAux
Volume|Mute
VlotAux+5V
AmpOutL+
AmpOutR_Pos
AmpOutR+
CL 16532101_032.eps230801
A1
2V / div DC5us / div
A2
2V / div DC500us / div
2V / div DC500us / div
2V / div DC500us / div
A3 A4
Schematics and PWB’s 39L01.2A 7.
Large Signal Panel: NICAM + 2CS + BTSC (Stereo / SAP Decoder)
SCART
LOUDSPEAKER
TP
NC
VREFTOP
SOUND IFANA_IN1+
ANA_IN1-
SCART-L
IDENT
A/D
A/D SCART-R
MONO-IN
D/A
D/A
D/A
D/A
SCART-L
SCART-R
LOUDSPEAKER L
LOUDSPEAKER R
DSPSC1-IN-L
SC1-IN-R
SC2-IN-L
SC2-IN-R
MONO
SCART 1
SCART 2
SCART Switching FacilitiesSC1-OUT-R
SC1-OUT-L
DACM-L
DACM-R
AUDIO PLL
CA
PL_
M
TE
ST
EN
DV
SS
DV
S U
P
AG
ND
C
AV
S S
AV
S U
P
AH
VS
S
AH
VS
UP
VR
EF
1
VR
EF
2
RE
SE
TQ
STA
ND
BY
Q
AD
R_S
EL
I2C
_CL
I2C
_DA
DEMODULATOR
& NICAM
DECODER
FM1/AM
FM2
NICAM A
NICAM B
0V
4u7
A8-46
RES
4u7
2V4
D
E
F
G
H
1831 C92831 C92832 C92833 D52834 B52835 B52836 B52837 B52838 A102839 B102840 B72841 C62842 A62843 A62844 C42845 C42846 G22847 D42848 D42849 C102850 D10
*
*
*
*
*
CN-R2851
ITEM ST-BTSC
*
Mono Stereo
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1 2
QSS interC RD no-RD28552856285728582859286038403841
0V
4V1
3V8
3V7
3V8
0V 7V8
0V 0V
3V
0V
4V9
6V2
*
*
*
*
*
A7-14
*
0V
1V5
4V8
A7-13
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
A
B
C5V5V
1V5
0V
2V6
5V0V
---------------
A5-43
ITEM
2851 E112852 E92853 F112854 F92855 E22856 E32857 F32858 E42859 G22860 F32887 C102894 A82895 A72896 F32897 C52898 B72899 D93831 B53832 B103833 B103834 D33835 D33836 E103837 E93838 F103839 F93840 E43841 F43842 G53843 F33849 F44831 E104832 D104833 F104834 F24835 F44836 F45831 B45832 B85833 G35835 E36831 B57831 C87832 E107833 F107834 E57835 E4F831 D10F832 B7I831 B5I832 B5I833 B8I834 B8
4V9
------
YESYES
28562857
A9-43
0V
2K2
MSP34X5G
A10-47
YESYESYESYESYES---
I835 B7I836 A6I837 C5I838 G3I839 D3I840 D4I841 E10I842 E9I843 E9I844 F10I845 F9I847 E4I848 E4I850 G5
A10-50
A8-45
A10-493V
8
2855ITEM RF-Mono AV-Stereo2847 YES
*
3V7
*
*
* **
**
2V4
0V
A10-48
I851 F4I852 C6I853 F9I854 G6I855 E3
---------------------------------------
---
ITEM MNQSS interC RD no-RD
RE
S
1u
RES
4u7
------
YESYES
---------
ST
------------------
YES---------
YESYES
384338494835583578347835
------------------
YESYESYES------56p---
---
YES------
YES------
YESYESYESYESYES---
------
---------
YESYES
---YESYES
---YES
------------------
YES
---
------
SC-R
285228532854383638373838383948314832
YES------82p---------------
YES------
YES---------
YESYESYES
---
YESYESYESYESYES---
YES------
YESYESYES
YESYES---
YES---
YESYESYES
YESYESYES---
286038435835
33p47p150p180p YES
12u
3834 YESYESYES
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
483378327833
YES---------------------
YES
A10-51
*
3V
RE
S
3V8
4V1
1V8
YES
470R
1u
2847
1V8
A5-44
A5-42
NICAM + 2CS + BTSC (STEREO/SAP) DECODER
A9-43
4831
3849
A12
A13
2834
470p
47p
2838
3831
47K
I844
I832
2853
10u
2843
4832
A10
I848
100R
3832
A9
5833
3u3
I845
F831
560p
2895
100R
3834
4834
3839
100R
3842
1K
A11
2887
10n
I839
I831
2846
100u
I834
3838
1K
1N4148
6831
7833BC847B
47p
2839
150p
1p2832
I840
2857
F832
2858
1n
2859
6u8
5831
4833
2837
I847
I853
2860
2856
15p
2849
1n
I851
2855
I833
526 7 8
9
1n
2850
27p
38
39
4
40
41
42
43
44
45 46
47
48
49
550 5123
24
25
26
27 28
29
3
30
31
32
3334 3536
37 1
10
11
12
13
14
15
1617
18 19
2
20
21 22
7831
2899
10n
1n5
2836
3840
4K7
2841
10u
2833
47p
2848
I855
3835
2842
100n
I835
7834BC847B A8
7832BC847B
2896
I841100R
3837
I854
I843
100n
2840
2894
220p
2851
6u8
5832
8K2
3841
100R
3833
I850
18M432
1831
HC-49/U
2854 1n
2K2
3843
BC847B7835
4836
5835
12u
100n
2845
1K3836
I842
I838
A7
1n2852
I852
A5
A6
10u
2844
I837
220p
2835
2831 1p390p
2897
2898
10n
4835
Main_OutL
Main_OutR
VlotAux+5V
+5VA
+5VA
+8V
I836
SC1_ROUT
SCL
SDA
MONO|AM_MONO_SOUND
VlotAux+5V
MONO|AM_MONO_SOUND
+8V
+8V
VlotAux+5V
+5VA
QSS_AM_DEM_OUT
FMR
SC1_LOUT
SC1_RIN
SC1_LIN
SC2_CTRL
CL 16532101_033.eps230801
A6
2V / div DC200us / div
A7
2V / div DC200us / div
A11
1V / div DC500us / div
40L01.2A 7.Schematics and PWB’s
Large Signal Panel: Audio / Video Source Switching
L
H
L
H
LOGICLSBMSB
LL
LH
HL
HH
LL
LH
HL
HH
A14-57
A14-56
AUDIO/VIDEO SOURCE SWITCHING
0V
Only Europe
A5-37
A12-58
A7-12
5V
A13-60
A13-52
3V8
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
2801 B52802 F52803 D32804 C6
A9-50
5V8
2V4
5V8
A5-42
ITEM
5V8
AP/NA/LA
1V7
5V
1V6
A12-31
A13-61
A14-63
A14-61
3V8
A14-59
0V
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
A14-52
To Micronas/BTSC/UOC
From Micronas
(Scart2 Out)
2V4
2V4
FOR EUROPE SET ONLY
x
11 12
1 2 3 4 5
(RF Mode always)
A9-51
1V6
2V4
5V8
0V
1V8
2V4
1V7
A13-54
Monitor Out/AV Out
From Micronas
1V6
5V8
1V6
A12-53
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
A
B
C
D
E
A14-55
A14-60
---
Stereo SetAP/NA/LA
0V
Mono Scart1 out
**
F
G
I804
4807 xJUMPER
x
xxx
FOR VIDEO (AP/LATAM/NAFTA)
x
0V
48087802
H
A
100K82K1K
*
JMP---
JMP
HEF4052BTREF. TO VIDEO TABLE
BC847BBC847B
---
Stereo Scart1 Out (RF Mode always)
A13-32
0V
2805 E63801 A23802 A33803 C53804 D53805 D53806 D53807 E5
8V
A13-59
---
5V
A14-32
#
0V
1V7
2V4
3808 E53809 H24801 C74802 D74803 E74804 E74805 F24806 F24807 H34808 H34809 C37801 C47802-A F47802-B G47802-C G4
Y
JUMPER xx
Video With Front Or Side VideoSide Video With SVHS / 2x Rear1x Rear Video In With Front or
0V
5V8
Front Or Side Video No Video Input
A9-49
*
* *
1x Rear Video In With Front OrSide Video W/O SVHS / 1x Front Or Sideo Video IN
2x Rear Video In W/O
7803 C57804 D59801 F2F801 E3
1K100K82K1K
78014806
4804
From Front/Rear I/O
*
**
*
ITEM Mono Set
28012802
4805 ---------
3803
4803
F802 E3F803 B7F805 C7
7802780378049801
*
Only use if there is a Scart 2
A14-62
22uF
*
*
*
**
*
*
*
------
JMP---
*
------------------
I801 A3I803 C3I804 C3I805 D3I806 D3
*
3804380538063807
A13-55
A14-54
From MicroP
A9-47
**
A9-48
2804280538013802
380848014802
*
I807 D3I808 D5I809 D5I810 C6I811 E6I814 F5I815 G5I816 H5
* *
*
For Audio
------
*
------------------------
---
220nF4u74u7
220R
4805
I811
4
5
6
916
VDD
7VEE
8VSS
7801
1
10
11
12
13
14
15
2 3
7803
2802
2801
7804
100n
2803
I814
I807
3804
4803
2804
I808
4801
3806
F803
4804
I806
I810
3803
9801
I805
I803
4809
F801
I815
I809
Y1 15Z
3809
7802-B
6E
10S
16Vdd
7Vee
8Vss
2 Y0
1
4807
I816
3808
F805
3805
9S
16Vdd
7Vee
8Vss
5 Y0
3 Y1 4Z
3802
7802-C
6E
2805
4802
6E
11S
16Vdd
7Vee
8Vss
12 Y0
13 Y1 14Z
3801
7802-A
F802
4808
4806
L2-IN
LFRONT-IN
Y_CVBS-IN
I801
3807
R2-IN
SC1_ROUT
SC1_LOUT
SEL-MAIN-FRNT-RR
+6V8
L-OUT
R-OUT
+6V8
SC2_CTRL
L1-OUT
R1-OUT
QSS_AM_DEM_OUT
CVBSFRONT-IN
SY_CVBS-IN
L2-OUT
R2-OUT
+8V+6V8
SC1_LIN
SC1_RIN
R1-IN
L1-IN +6V8
+6V8
RFRONT-IN
CL 16532101_034.eps230801
Schematics and PWB’s 41L01.2A 7.
Large Signal Panel: Front I/O + Front Control + Headphone
I181 B5I182 B6I183 C6I185 B5I681 A8I682 A9I683 A10I684 A11I685 B10I691 C9I693 C10I981 E5I982 F3I983 F4I984 G3I985 G4I986 G5
OR
A11-58
volume-
A10-58
HEADPHONE
RE
S
FOR ITV ONLY
channel-
FOR ITV ONLY
V
FRONT CONTROL
FRONT IO + FRONT CONTROL + HEADPHONE
A11-53
FOR ITV ONLY
A8-70
E
F
G
H
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
0214 E100215 C50218-A C30218-B C3
RE
S
RE
S
RE
S
*
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
A
B
C
D
TO 0259
TO 0251 & 0253 OF
A5-31
A12-8
A7-4
A8-72
FOR ITV ONLY
For Engg Purpose Only
A12-8A8-73
TO 0251 OF
FOR ITV ONLY
A10-53
0218-C B30219 D50232 F50239 B80259 E110270 B60277-A B20277-B C20286 E80292 F50293 E81181 B31182 B31183 C31600 B111601 A101602 A101603 A9
FRONT CINCH
OF
R
A7-10
*
****
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
1606 B82181 B42182 B42183 C42184 B52185 B42186 C42691 D112692 D92693 F92694 F92695 F92696 F92981 F3
* *
*
*
2982 F42983 G32984 G43181 B43182 B43183 B43184 B43185 C43186 C43681 A103682 A113683 A93684 A93685 A83686 B103691 C93692 D93693 C113694 C103695 C83981 F43982 G44691 D94692 D84693 D84694 H24695 C96181 B4
A11-31
A8-71
volume+
L
RES
RES
*
TS
MONO SET
channel+
FOR ITV ONLY
A10-31
POWER
USA
A7-8
6681 B116691 C96692 D109181 B69982 F3F181 B4F182 B4F183 C4F682 A8F683 A10F684 E10F691 D9F692 E10F693 D9F694 H2F695 H2F696 E9
2183
330p
RE
S
RE
S
2185
0277-B
1u
2983
I986
1
2
3
1603
4691
0239
2695
0218-A7
8
9
2982
470p
3684
1602
330p
2182
2184
F692
I682
3182
100R
02151
2
3
2692
3685
1
2
3
4
5
F691
0214
I691
I693
3682
I182
F684
I985
I983
2696
4694
0218-C
1
2
3
2186
F696
3185
F682
F183
4693
6181
22p
2181
3686 1600
I183
3184
F695
F181
I684
1182
2694
2693
4695
120R
3981
I685
F693
120R
3982
0286
3681
I185
C6
0270
3694
4K7
I982
9181
I681
I984
2981
1u
9
1181
100R
3695
02321
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
0259
F694
TSOP18366692
2GND
1OUT
3VS
3692
2984
470p
I181
3183
F68
3
2691
100u
1601
3683
0293
0277-A
0218-B4
5
6
1183
9982
I981
6681
BAT85
1606
F182
3186
I683
0292
0219
1
2
3
4
5
6
6691
LTL-
1022
4WH
CR
3181
75R
3691
330R
220R
3693
4692
IR
KEYBOARD_protn
+3.3VA
AmpOutL_Pos
AmpOutR_Pos
LED
AmpOutL+
AmpOutR+
CVBSFRONT-IN
RFRONT-IN
LFRONT-IN
+3.3V
KEYBOARD_protn
CL 16532101_035.eps230801
0218
0227
2184
2185
2186
3813
3814
3185
3186
Mono Set GL Stereo Set GL
---
YES
2u2
---
---
150R
47K
---
---
For Front Cinch
YES
---
2u2
---
---
150R
47K
150R
47K
Diversity Tables
Stereo HPITEM Mono HP9982 JMP ---
HEADPHONE
Note that for Non-Headphone set, non of the components are in
ITEMFRONT CONTROL
ITEM
ITEM PAINTER LEADER PAINTER PLUS3681 470R 390R3682 3K9 3K33683 270R 390R3684 470R 560R3685 560R 560R3686 1K8 1K5
FRONT CONTROL
EUAP3692 --- 1K
42L01.2A 7.Schematics and PWB’s
Large Signal Panel: Rear I/O CINCH
INPUT
INPUT
TO 0242 OF
TO 0227 OF
*
C
2133
R
L
V
3V5
2V9
A5-41
R
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
0223-A B110223-B F30223-C C3
FOR ITV ONLY
AV1
A11-55
V
R
L
STEREO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
A
A5-39
A5-38
A11-59
A7-2
A10-55
A5-34
AV2 INPUT BLOCK
A7-75
YUV INPUT
A10-59
A10-54
0223-D B30225-A D110225-B D100226 E30227 A70229 F90242 E40262 H61101 B41102 B41103 C41104 C41105 D41106 D41107 F31108 G31109 G31110 B101111 B101112 C10
*
ITEM MONO STEREO2124212531253126
AV1 INPUT BLOCK
------------
TO 0262
AV1 INPUT WITHOUT SVHSAV1 INPUT WITH SVHSITEM*
------
1113 D101114 D101115 G92101 A52102 B52103 B52104 C52105 B62106 C62107 B42108 C42111 C5
31373138
75R100R
22px
75R10R
xx
22p22p75R10R75R100R
xxxxxx
With SVHS
2112 D52113 D52121 F52122 G42123 G52124 G42125 G52127 G42128 G4
150R47K
ITEM
ITEM
3106310521062104
STEREOMONO
RES
FOR ITV ONLY
SVHSSET WITH
V
MONITOR OUTPUT
2131 B92132 B82133 C92134 C82135 D82136 D82137 B92138 C92141 G83101 B53102 B53103 B53104 B53105 C53106 C53111 C4
A10-52
RE
S
A10-61
AV2
A5-35
RE
S
MONO
FOR ITV ONLY
0269(FOR SETS WITH 9 + 3 P CINCH)
L
3112 C53113 D43114 D53115 D43116 D53121 F43122 F53123 G43124 G53125 G43126 G53131 B93132 B93133 C93134 C93135 D93136 D93137 D93138 D93141 G9
* * *
RE
S
213431333134
------------
330pF2u2
*
220K150R10uF330pF
---
3151 C63152 D63153 D64101 C34102 C44104 C34121 F84131 C107101 B69101 D49102 D49103 C49111 C5
9121 JUMPER
ITEM WITH YUV WITHOUT YUV
GLOBAL
JUMPER
A5-33
RE
S
RE
S
A11-52
Y
A11-32
9112 D59113 D59121 F79122 F7F101 B4F102 B4F103 C4F104 C4
F105 D4F106 D4F107 F3F108 G3F109 G3F110 B10F111 C10F112 D9F113 D9F114 G9F115 B8
*
RE
S
*
2u2
2u2
*
RE
S
OF
**
A11-61
Y/CVBS
TO 0242 OF
F116 H4F117 E6I101 B6I102 B6I103 C6I104 C6I105 D6I106 D6I107 E4I108 E4I109 E4I110 F5I111 G5I112 G5I113 B8I114 C8I115 D8I116 D8I117 G8
2121213631213122
2x Rear Video in No Rear Video Inputs1x Rear Video in W/O SVHS
1x Rear Video In
x22p
xx
JUMPER------
41024104
GLOBAL
JUMPER
RE
S *
RE
S
* * *
RE
SR
ES
RE
S
RES
RES
RE
SR
ES
RE
S
RES
RES
RES
RES
RES
**
** *
ITEM
A11-54
A5-30
U
REAR I/O CINCH
V
A11-60A10-60
A5-40
7V6
A10-32A5-32
FOR ITV ONLY
2V9
MONITOR OUTPUT BLOCK
---------
SET WITH VIDEO OUT
SETWITHVIDEOOUT
RES
*
SET WITH SVHS AV2 W/O SVHS
330pF2u2
150R47K
* 9122
F103
1102
I106
22p
3116
3151
2135
F106
3134
1104
1113
3113
1114
3114
2103
330p
I112
3112
330p
2141
F104
75R
F101
3136
100R
3135
0227
1 2 3 4 5 6
F116
F108
F107
0262
67
891
2
3
3124
47K
4102
F112
3152
I107
9102
2107
I108
2127
9112
3138
3123
150R
3133
2133
2138
F102
F11
5
2104
9103
4101
I113
3121
2136
1108
2111
F111
F110
9113
1110
150R
3131
1109
4104
68R
3101
2132
9101
3102
2134
I105
1K
F114
I109
F10511
01
470n
2101
2108
220K
3104
1107
3122
2106
3106
2105
10u
2137
F113
I102
0223-C
11
10
12
9
15
14
16
13
0223-D
330p
2131
1K
31412123
22p
2102
3137
I103
2128
I116
1111
3
2
4
1
1234567
0223-A
4121
0229
4131
I114
I115
1115
3115
6
11
9121
3125
0225-B
5
10
4
9
9122
330p
2122
3
8
1
3132
47K
0225-A
2
7
I111I117
1106
I110
150R
3103
2121
2124
I101
0223-B
7
6
8
5
7101BC847B
9111
2 3 4 5 6 7
2125
1 2 3 4 502
421
0226
2113
3105
3153
3111
2112
1103
1105
F117
3126
F109
1112
I104
L-OUT
R-OUTR2-IN
L2-IN
V1-OUT
Y_CVBS-IN
C-IN
CVBS1-IN
STATUS2
+8V
FBL-1
MainSupplyGnd
R1-IN
L1-IN
G_Y-IN
B_U-IN
R_V-IN
V_OUT
ITV_MSG
CL 16532101_036.eps230801
Schematics and PWB’s 43L01.2A 7.
Layout Large Signal Panel (Top View)
CL 16532053_001.eps170501
0211 A20212 B20213 B20214 B10215 B10217 E30218 C10219 B10220 A60221 A50222 C60223 D60225 C60226 D60227 C60229 C60231 A20232 B10239 C20240 D50242 D60243 D40246 E30248 E40249 D40250 C50251 C30259 B10261 D40262 D60265 E70266 E40270 B10271 E30273 D50274 C50275 D30276 D40277 B10282 C40283 E60285 E60286 C20292 B10293 C11000 E61002 E51003 E51004 E41200 E41201 E41202 E31203 E51500 A21515 C21600 C11601 C11602 D11603 D11606 A11660 D41831 C12005 E62006 E62008 E62105 D62106 D62209 D42210 D42216 E42220 D32229 E42230 E42235 E42244 E42246 E52247 E52250 E52400 B62401 A42402 A42404 A42407 B52408 A52409 B52410 C52411 B52412 B52413 A62414 B62416 A52417 B62419 B52420 C52422 C62423 C62424 B52471 B62472 B62473 B62476 C72500 A22501 B22502 B32503 A32504 A42505 B22506 B32507 A32508 A32515 A42516 B3
2521 B32523 A32560 A42561 A42562 B42563 B42564 B42565 A42566 B42567 C42568 B42580 C32604 D42691 A12801 D32837 D22841 C22843 C22844 C22846 C12855 C22902 D32903 D32908 E32941 E32981 B12983 B13000 E63001 E63005 E43101 D63103 D63105 D63111 D63112 D63113 D63114 D63115 D63116 D63121 D63122 D63123 C63125 C63131 C63133 D63135 C63136 C63137 C63138 C63141 C63181 B13182 B13183 C13185 C13200 E43201 D43202 D43203 D43204 D43207 E43210 E43211 E43213 E43216 E33220 D43221 E33222 D43228 E43235 D43244 E53249 E53250 E53251 E43401 B53402 C53403 A53404 B43405 B53406 B43407 A53408 C43411 B53412 B53414 B53415 C53416 A63417 B63421 C53424 C53425 B53427 C63428 C63429 B53430 B53432 B53471 C63472 C63473 C63474 C63475 C63476 C63477 C63478 C63479 B63500 A13501 B23502 B33503 B33504 B33505 B23506 A23507 B2
3508 B33519 B33521 B33523 B33526 B33527 B33543 B43544 B33547 A43549 B43550 C43558 C43560 B43561 B43564 B43565 C43570 C33601 D53603 D53604 D53606 D53607 D53608 D43609 D53610 D53612 E53614 D53615 D53617 D53618 D53619 D53624 D53625 D53634 D53635 D53801 D33802 D33808 C33832 D23833 D23834 C23836 C23837 C23839 C23981 B13982 B15001 E55002 E55201 E45202 E45241 E55242 E55401 B55403 B55406 B55408 A55410 C65444 C55445 A65471 C65500 B25501 B25502 B25520 A45521 A35560 A45561 B45562 B45563 A45602 D55603 D45604 D45831 D25832 C25833 C16001 E66401 A56402 B56404 B56405 B66409 A76410 B56412 B56413 A76414 B56419 C66420 C56423 C56471 B66472 C66473 C66500 A36501 B36502 B36503 B36520 B36521 A36523 B36540 B46541 B46560 A46561 A46562 B46564 B46681 D16691 A16692 B16831 D27402 A57403 C47404 C57407 C6
7408 C57471 B77515 B47520 B37521 A37540 B47560 C47602 D57831 D27901 D37902 D39001 E59101 D69102 D69103 D69111 D69112 D69113 D69121 C69122 C69171 C69172 C69173 D69174 D69175 D69177 D69181 C19182 C19183 C19191 B19192 B19193 B19200 E49298 E69299 E59401 C69402 B59403 B59404 B59405 A59408 A59420 B49421 A59425 C59426 C59427 B59428 C59430 C59431 B59432 C59433 B59434 B59471 C69500 A29501 A29502 B39503 B29504 C39505 C49506 C49507 C49508 C49509 B49510 C49511 C59512 B29513 A39514 B39517 B39520 A39521 A39522 B49523 C49524 C49610 E39611 C49612 C49613 D49614 E49615 D59616 D59617 D39618 D59619 D39620 D59621 D59622 C49623 E59624 D39625 E69626 D39627 D39628 E59629 D59630 C39631 D59632 E49633 D49634 D49635 D49636 C49637 E59638 D49639 D39640 D59641 D59642 D59643 D39644 E39645 E39647 D59648 E5
9650 E69653 C39654 C49655 C59656 C59657 D49658 C59659 C59660 C59661 D59662 D59663 D59664 C59665 C49666 C59668 C49669 C49670 C49672 C59673 C39674 C49675 C59676 C59678 C59679 C59680 D39682 C49683 D39684 D39685 D59686 D59687 D49688 D49689 D59690 D39691 E59692 C39693 C39694 E59695 E59696 E69697 D59698 D59699 C19801 D39811 C39812 D39813 D39814 D39815 D39816 C29817 C39818 C39820 C29821 C39822 D39824 C39825 C39826 C39827 D29828 D29829 D29830 C29832 C29833 D19901 D39902 E39911 D39912 D39913 E39914 E39915 E39916 D39917 D39921 D39982 B19991 B19993 E69994 E39996 E59997 E79998 E4
44L01.2A 7.Schematics and PWB’s
Layout Large Signal Panel (Overview Bottom View)
CL 16532053_002.eps170501
Part 1CL 16532053_02a.eps
Part 2CL 16532053_02b.eps
Part 3CL 16532053_02c.eps Part 4
CL 16532053_02d.eps
2001 A62002 A62003 A52004 A62007 A62009 A52010 A62101 B62102 B62103 B62104 B62107 B72108 B72111 B62112 B62113 B62121 B62122 C62123 C62124 C62125 C62127 B72128 B62131 C62132 C62133 C62134 C62135 B62136 B62137 C72138 B72141 B62181 D12182 C12183 C12184 C22185 D12186 C12201 A42202 B42203 A42204 B42205 A52208 A42211 A42212 A32213 B42214 B42215 B42217 A42219 A52221 B42222 A62223 A62225 A42226 A42227 A42228 A42233 B42234 A62236 A62237 A62238 A62239 A62240 A62241 A52242 A52243 A52245 A42248 A52249 A52252 A52253 A52254 A52403 C42405 D52406 C42415 C52418 C62421 C52475 D62477 C62520 D32522 D32524 D32525 D32526 D32527 D32528 D32540 C42542 D32559 C32569 D42601 B42602 B42606 B52607 B42608 B52609 B42611 B42612 B52613 B52615 B42616 B52618 B42619 B52692 E12693 D22694 D12695 D12696 D1
2802 C22803 C22804 B32805 B32831 B12832 B12833 B12834 B22835 B22836 B22838 B22839 B22840 B22842 B22845 B22847 C22848 B22849 B22850 B22851 B22852 C22853 B22854 C22856 C22857 C22858 C22859 C12860 C22887 B22894 B22895 B22896 C22897 B22898 B22901 B32904 B32905 B32906 A32907 A32942 A32943 A32944 A32945 A32946 A32947 A32948 B32949 B32950 B32982 D12984 D13002 A63003 A63004 A63006 A53007 A53008 A53009 A53010 A63011 A63102 B63104 B63106 B63124 C63126 C63132 B63134 C63151 B63152 B63153 B63184 C13186 C13205 B43206 B43208 A43209 A43212 A43214 A43215 A33217 B43218 B43219 B43223 B43224 B43225 B43226 B43229 A43230 A43231 A43232 A43233 A63234 A43236 A63237 A63238 A63239 A63240 A63241 A53242 A33245 A53246 A43247 C53248 A43254 A53256 C43257 A53258 A53259 B53261 A53410 D63413 D53418 C5
3419 C53420 C63422 C53423 C53426 C53431 D53520 D33522 D33524 D33525 D33528 D33529 D33530 D33531 D33540 D43541 D33542 D43545 D43546 C33548 C33552 C33559 C43562 D43563 C43566 C33567 D43568 D43569 C33580 C33605 C43611 B43622 B53623 B53626 B43627 B43628 B43629 B43630 B53632 B53633 B53636 A53637 B33638 B43681 B13682 C13683 C13684 B13685 C23686 B13691 E13692 E13693 E13694 E13695 C23803 B33804 C33805 B33806 C33807 C23809 B33831 B23835 C23838 C23840 C23841 C23842 C13843 C23849 C23901 B33902 B33903 A33904 A33905 A33906 A33907 A33921 A33922 A33923 A33941 A33942 A33943 A33944 A33945 A33946 A33947 A33948 A33949 A33950 A33951 A34001 A54002 A54003 A54004 A54005 A54006 A54011 A54012 A54101 B64102 B64104 B64121 B64131 C64181 B54203 A44204 A44205 B44206 B44207 B44209 A44210 A44211 A4
4212 A44213 A44214 B34216 A64217 A34410 C54501 D44601 B54602 B54603 B44604 A34608 A74609 A74613 B44614 A34615 B54616 B44617 A54618 A34619 A44622 A54623 A54691 E14692 C24693 C24694 B14695 E14801 B34802 B34803 B34804 B34805 B34806 C34807 B34808 B34809 C34811 B34812 B34813 B24814 C24831 C24832 C24833 C24834 C24835 C24836 C14901 A34902 A34903 A34904 A34911 A34921 B34941 A34982 E15003 A45835 C26002 A66003 A66004 A56005 A56181 C16201 B46202 B46206 B46241 C46406 C46407 C46408 C56415 C56416 D56417 C56522 D36563 D46565 C46566 C36567 D46569 D46570 C36580 C26581 C26901 B37001 A57002 A57101 B67200 B47201 A47202 A47203 A47204 B47205 A47206 A47208 A47209 A67210 A67241 B47401 C47405 D57406 C57409 C57522 D37541 C37542 C37561 C47562 D47564 D47580 C27606 B57801 C37802 B37803 C37804 B3
7832 C27833 C27834 C17835 C27941 A37942 A37943 A3
Schematics and PWB’s 45L01.2A 7.
Layout Large Signal Panel (Part 1 Bottom View)
Part 1
CL 16532053_02a.eps170501
46L01.2A 7.Schematics and PWB’s
Layout Large Signal Panel (Part 2 Bottom View)
Part 2
CL 16532053_02b.eps210501
Schematics and PWB’s 47L01.2A 7.
Layout Large Signal Panel (Part 3 Bottom View)
Part 3
CL 16532053_02c.eps170501
48L01.2A 7.Schematics and PWB’s
Layout Large Signal Panel (Part 4 Bottom View)
Part 4
CL 16532053_02d.eps210501
Schematics and PWB’s 49L01.2A 7.
CRT Panel
Blue
Green
Red
FROM MAIN CHASSIS
*
Heater
*
Pin 1
47n
6V3
Pin 4
2V4
Heater
VG2
1R2
Pin 5
Heater
Pin 10
F
G
H
VG2 F100165 B80244 G20245 C2
GND
18K
18K
OF
AP / CH 17"
EHT
*
6V3
2V4
330R
CRT
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1 2 3
3350
330R
spt0508 27u
3349 2R21R0
Pin 1 & 12
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
*
2R2
1V8
127V
spt0508 12u
Red
AQUADAG WIRE
185V
LOT OF
*
CRT
GND
Red
Pin 7
185V
Pin 3
VG1
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
A
B
C
D
E
6V3
20"
0220 OF
RES
Heater
*
fxdind 1u5spt0508 2u21R2
spt0508 27u
127V
0254-A D71300-1 B72313 F32323 D32331 B32341 F62342 H32343 H32344 G53311 F33312 F33313 F33314 E43316 D43317 C6
21" CHINA
VG2
Blue
185V
127V
TO 0243
1R2
1V8
1R23350
CRT PANEL
Pin 9
3321 D33322 D33323 E33324 C43326 C43327 C63331 C33332 C33333 C33334 B43336 A43337 C63341 F63347 F53348 E63349 F63350 F65341 G35342 H3
1R2
14"
18K
Pin 8
127V
Pin 9
TO CRT SOCKET127V
Pin 6
TO C
RT
SO
CK
ET
*
12 Pin
6311 E56321 C56331 A56341 A56342 G46343 G56344 F47311 E37312 E47313 E47321 D37322 C47323 D47331 B37332 B47333 B49300 F4F301 D2F302 D2F303 D2F304 C3F305 G5F306 E6F307 E6F308 E5F309 G4F310 C6F311 C6F312 C6I310 A5I311 E5I312 F3I313 F3I314 E4I316 E4I318 D6I320 F6I321 D5I322 D3I323 D3I324 D4
Pin 8
Pin 11
Pin 5
TO
Green
Pin 7
Ground
100MHz
FOCUS
Pin 6
2n2
I326 C4I329 G3I331 B5I332 B3I333 C3I334 B4I335 B5I336 A4I337 E7I338 F6I339 G3I341 E6I343 G4
136V
5341
127V
1V8
*
9 Pin
Blue
2V4
3K9
136V
21"
1R2
Green
*
VG1
6344
BAS216
OLDGND
I336
I333
V15
10
V12
1n2344
OLDGND
H2
I339
OLDGND
OLDGND
1
2
3
4
5
6
68R
3316
F312
0245
BF4237333
3332
3333
V14
VG2
F301
3349
I329
1K3331
I310
F303
3337
1K5
I322
I331
I311
OLDGND
BF4227322
F304
OLDGND
I3203313
BA
V21
6311
2323
F310
2343
2
3
NEWGND
2313
OLDGND
0244
1
3322
330R
I335
3324
I316
3314
I324
F311
NEWGND
V16
3336
68R
5341
7313
F309
I318
BF423
5342
I343
I326
7311BF422
4
P55
3341
1K5
P33
P4
0254-A
G31
1K5
3348
3312
V11
3317
1K5
CG6
I313
G15
I312
3321
1K
GND12
OLDGND
47n
2342
6321
BA
V21
I341
I332
1K3311
F306
I321
I337
I338
7312BF422
F308
P99
2331
8
F305
BF4237323
P77
P8
1K5
3327
P66
I323
0165
3326
68R
6341
BA
V21
V13
F307B
ZX
284-
C8V
2
6343
3347
220R
NEWGND
9300
1300-1
P11
G27
BA
V21
6331
CB11
2341
8
H19
I334
CR
6342
1N4148
3334
BF4227332
NEWGND
F302BF4227321
7331BF422
I314
3323
BLUE
160V
GREEN
BLKCURINFO
160V 160V
160V
160V
160V
160V
160V
RED
CL 16532101_037.eps230801
V11
1V / div DC20us / div
V12
1V / div DC20us / div
V13
1V / div DC20us / div
V14
50V / div DC20us / div
V15
50V / div DC20us / div
V16
50V / div DC20us / div
50L01.2A 7.Schematics and PWB’s
Layout CRT Panel (Top View)
VG
2A
101
65A
102
44A
102
45A
202
54A
113
00A
123
41A
223
42A
123
43A
233
14A
233
16A
233
17A
233
24A
233
26A
233
27A
233
34A
233
36A
233
37A
233
41A
133
47A
233
48A
133
49A
133
50A
153
41A
153
42A
263
11A
263
21A
263
31A
263
41A
263
42A
273
11A
273
12A
273
13A
273
21A
273
22A
273
23A
273
31A
273
32A
273
33A
293
00A
293
01A
193
02A
293
03A
293
04A
2
CL
1653
2051
_015
.eps
1405
01
Layout CRT Panel (Bottom View)
2313
A2
2323
A2
2331
A2
2344
A2
3311
A2
3312
A2
3313
A2
3321
A2
3322
A2
3323
A2
3331
A2
3332
A2
3333
A2
6343
A2
6344
A2
CL
1653
2051
_016
.eps
1405
01
Schematics and PWB’s 51L01.2A 7.
Side AV Panel
(FOR ESD)N.C
SIDE AV
* For 21" and below
3151
3152
3153
3150
9152
9153
1K
47K
47K
1K
For mono set w/out front cinch
For stereo set w/out front cinch
# For 25" and above
0251 For Chassis with Rear Scart
0252 For Chassis with Rear Scart
0261 For Chassis with Rear Cinch
**
**
*
*
#
#
#
N.C
TO 0219 OF
RE
SR
ES
RE
S
#
6161 BZX79-C6V8
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
A
B
C
D
E
A
B
C
D
E
0250-A B1
9155
0250-B C10250-C A10251 B40252 B10253 A40261 D41152 A21153 C21154 B22171 C32172 B32173 B22174 C22175 B13150 C33151 C33152 B33153 B33155 A3
9152
5010 B36161 A39152 B29153 B39155 B3
9153
330p
2175
330p
2171
330p
2172
5010
02611
2
3
4
5
6
2174
2173
02521
2
3
4
3
02531
2
3
02511
2
1
2
3
75R
3155
1152
0250-C
0250-B4
5
6
6161
BZ
X79
-C6V
8
1153
3150
10K
3151
8K2
0250-A7
8
9
8K2
3153
1154
Ext1AudioR
Ext1AudioL|Mono
10K
3152
CL 16532020_055.eps020401
Layout Side AV Panel (Top View)
CL 16532004_017.eps210301
52L01.2A 7.Schematics and PWB’s
Side AV Panel + Headphone
VIDEO IN
LEFT
SIDE AV PANEL & HEADPHONE
BZ
X79
-C6V
8
RIGHT
HEADPHONE
330p
330p
L+
L-
R-
R+
L+
L-
R-
R+
GND
ToSpeakers
RES
8K2
10K
8K2
10K
330R
330R
330p
330p
(FOR ESD)
To 0219
To 0246of
To Speakers
N.C
* EUROPE AP/INDIA/LATAM
330R
330R
3156
3157
120R
120R
*
*
N.C
of
0250-B
SG
07
D
E
0232 D40250-A B20250-B C20250-C A20251 B5
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5
A
B
C
D
E
A
B
CS
G06
0252 B20253 A50254 D20255 D50261 C52171 C42172 B42173 B32174 C32176 E32177 E22178 E32179 D23150 C33151 C33152 B33153 B33155 A33156 D33157 E36161 A39153 B39155 B4SG02 A3SG03 C3SG04 B3SG06 E3SG07 E3
4
1
2
3
4
0255
1
2
3
02511
2
3
0252
0253
1
2
3
3157
9155
3156
0254
1
2
3
4
5
2174
2177
100u
2176
100u
2179
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
2178
2172
330p
02321
2
2173
1
2
3
4
5
6
9153
9
75R
3155
0261
2
3
0250-A 7
8
4
5
6
0250-C 1
3153
SG
02S
G04
330p
SG
03
6161
2171
3152
3150
3151
CL 16532020_056.eps120401
A12
Layout Side AV Panel + Headphone (Top View)
CL 16532004_016.eps210301
